AlfaWiki | All Alfa Romeo information in one place - 001-040 Alfa BRERA … · 2019. 5. 5. · This Owner Handbook describes all the versions of the Alfa Brera, so you should only

OWNER’S MANUAL ALFA

Alfawiki.nl

Alfawiki.nl

This Owner Handbook describes all the versions of the Alfa Brera, so you should only considerthe information concerning the trim level, engine and version purchased by you.

Dear Customer,

thank you for choosing Alfa Romeo.

Your Alfa Brera has been designed to guarantee the safety, comfort and driving pleasure typical of Alfa Romeo.

This booklet will help you to get to know the characteristics and operation of your car.

The following pages contain all the indications necessary for you to be able to maintain the high standards of per-formance, quality, safety and respect for the environment which characterize your Alfa Brera.

The enclosed Warranty Booklet also contains the regulations, the warranty certificate and a guide to the services of-fered by Alfa Romeo.

Services which are essential and precious because, when you purchase an Alfa Romeo you are not only acquiring acar, but the tranquillity that comes from knowing that an efficient, willing and widespread organization is at your ser-vice for any assistance problems you may have.

Have a good trip.

Alfawiki.nl

MUST BE READ!

REFUELLING

Petrol engines: only refuel with unleaded petrol with octane rating (RON) not less than 95.

Diesel engines: only refuel with diesel fuel conforming to the European specification EN590. The use ofother products or mixtures may irreparably damage the engine with invalidation of the warranty due to thedamage caused.

K

ENGINE STARTINGPetrol engines: ensure that the handbrake is up, fully press the clutch pedal, without pressing the accelerator, put

the gear lever neutral, fit the electronic key into the ignition device to stop limit, briefly press the START/STOP but-ton.

Diesel engines: ensure that the handbrake is up, fully press the clutch pedal, without pressing the accelerator, putthe gear lever neutral, fit the electronic key down into the ignition device until it stops. The instrument panel warninglight m will turn on, wait for the warning light m to turn off. The hotter the engine is, the quicker this will happen,briefly press the START/STOP button as soon as the warning light m turns on.

PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL

While working, the catalyst develops a very high temperature. Do not park the car over grass, dry leaves, pineneedles or any other inflammable materials: risk of fire.�

RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT

A system for continuously monitoring emission system components to ensure greater environmental protec-tion is fitted in your car.

Alfawiki.nl

ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES

If, after buying the car, you decide to add electrical accessories (that will gradually drain the battery), contact Al-fa Romeo Authorized Services. They can calculate the overall electrical requirement and check that the car’s elec-tric system can support the required load.�

CODE CARD (for versions/markets, where provided)

Keep the code card in a safe place, not in the car.

SCHEDULED SERVICING

Correct maintenance of the car is essential for ensuring it stays in tip-top condition and safeguards its safety fea-tures, its environmental friendliness and low running costs for a long time to come.

THE OWNER HANDBOOK CONTAINS…

…information, tips and important warnings regarding the safe, correct driving of your car, and its mainte-nance. Pay particular attention to the symbols " (personal safety) # (environmental protection) â (car well-be-ing). Alfawiki.nl

Any queries concerning servicing should be forwarded to the showroom from which the car was purchased, the sub-sidiary company or to our branch offices or any point of the Alfa Romeo Network.

Warranty Booklet

The Warranty Booklet is delivered together with every new car and contains the regulations tied to the services giv-en by Alfa Romeo Services and to the warranty conditions.

Correctly carrying out the scheduled services specified by the manufacturer is the best way to maintain the perfor-mance, safety characteristics and low running costs of your car. It is also necessary to maintain warranty cover.

“Service” guideThis contains the Alfa Romeo Authorized Services. The services can be recognized by the presence of the Alfa Romeobadge and logo.

The Alfa Romeo organization in Italy can be found in the telephone book under the letter “A” Alfa Romeo.

Not all the models described in this booklet are available in all countries. Only some of the fittings described in thisbooklet are fitted as standard to the car. The list of available accessories should be requested from the Alfa RomeoDealers.

Alfawiki.nl

THE SYMBOLS USED IN THIS BOOKLET

The symbols illustrated in these pages show the subjects which should, in particular, be closely studied.

Warning: partially or fully ignoring these rules may lead to serious injury.

This indicates the correct procedures to be followed to prevent the car from damaging the environment.

Warning: partially or fully ignoring theserules may lead to serious damage being caused to the car which, in somecircumstances, may cause forfeiture of thewarranty cover.

The texts, illustrations and specifications given in this booklet refer to the car at the time of going to press.

As part of our ongoing striving to improve our products, Alfa Romeo may introduce technical changes during production, therefore the specifications and fittings may be altered without prior notice. For details on this subject, please apply to the manufacturer’s sales network.

PERSONALSAFETY

PROTECTING THEENVIRONMENT CAR SAFETY

Alfawiki.nl

6

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

DDAASSHHBBOOAARRDD AANNDD CCOONNTTRROOLLSSCEILING LIGHTS ................................................ 75

CONTROLS ....................................................... 77

INTERIOR FITTINGS............................................ 80

FIXED PANORAMA ROOF .................................... 84

DOORS ........................................................... 86

POWER WINDOWS ........................................... 88

BOOT .............................................................. 90

BONNET .......................................................... 96

ROOF RACK/SKI RACK ...................................... 97

HEADLIGHTS..................................................... 97

ABS SYSTEM ................................................... 99

VDC SYSTEM ................................................... 100

EOBD SYSTEM ................................................. 104

SOUND SYSTEM ............................................... 104

ACCESSORIES PURCHASED BY THE OWNER .......... 105

INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC DEVICES .. 105

PARKING SENSORS ........................................... 106

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (T.P.M.S.) .. 109

AT THE FILLING STATION .................................... 112

PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT ........................ 114

DASHBOARD .................................................... 7

INSTRUMENT PANEL ......................................... 8

SYMBOLS ....................................................... 9

THE ALFA ROMEO CODE SYSTEM ......................... 9

ELECTRONIC KEY .............................................. 11

ALARM ........................................................... 17

IGNITION DEVICE............................................... 19

INSTRUMENTS.................................................. 22

RECONFIGURABLE MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY.......... 26

SEATS ............................................................ 41

HEAD RESTRAINTS............................................. 44

STEERING WHEEL ............................................. 45

REARVIEW MIRRORS ......................................... 46

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ............................... 49

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ................... 51

AUTOMATIC TWO-ZONE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM 54

ADDITIONAL HEATER ......................................... 64

EXTERNAL LIGHTS ............................................ 65

WINDOW WASHING ......................................... 68

CRUISE CONTROL ............................................. 72Alfawiki.nl

7

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

DASHBOARD

A0F0056mfig. 1

1. Adjustable and swivel side air vents - 2. Front side window demisting/defrosting vents - 3. External lights control lever- 4. Instrument panel - 5. Driver’s air bag and horn - 6. Windscreen wiper control lever - 7. Upper central vent - 8. Ad-justable and swivel central air vents - 9. Fuel level gauge/engine coolant temperature gauge/engine oil temperature gauge(petrol versions) or turbocharger pressure gauge (diesel versions) - 10. Passenger’s air bag - 11. Passenger’s knees airbag (for versions/markets, where provided) - 12. Glove box - 13. Sound system - 14. Heating/ventilation/climate con-trols - 15. Engine START/STOP button - 16. Ignition device - 17. Driver’s knees air bag - 18. Sound system controlson the steering wheel (for versions/markets, where provided) - 19. Cruise Control lever (for versions/markets, where provided) -20. Bonnet opening lever - 21. Dashboard fusebox lid - 22. Switches for external lights, trip meter reset and headlamp aim-ing device. Alfawiki.nl

8

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

INSTRUMENT PANEL

A. Speedometer (speed indicator)

B. Warning lights

C. Rev counter

D. Reconfigurable multifunction display

cm Warning lights on diesel versions only

On diesel versions the rev counter end scale value is at 6000 rpm.

Fig. 2 A0F0198m

Fig. 2/a - 1750 TURBO BENZINA version A0F0330m

A. Speedometer (speed indicator)

B. Warning lights

C. Rev counter

D. Reconfigurable multifunction display Alfawiki.nl

9

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

THE ALFA ROMEOCODE SYSTEM

To further protect you car from theft, ithas been fitted with an engine immo-bilising system. This system is auto-matically activated when the electronickey is removed.

An electronic device, in fact, is fitted ineach electronic key grip. The devicetransmits a radio-frequency signal whenthe engine is started through a specialaerial built into the ignition switch on thedashboard. The modulated signal, whichchanges each time the engine is start-ed, is the “password”, by means ofwhich the control unit recognises theelectronic key and enables to start theengine.

SYMBOLS

Special coloured labels have been at-tached near or actually on some of thecomponents of your car. These labelsbear symbols that remind you of the pre-cautions to be taken as regards that par-ticular component.

The plate summarising the symbols usedfig. 3 can be found under the bonnet.

A0F0138mfig. 3

Alfawiki.nl

10

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Message + symbol Ydisplaying when driving

If message + symbol Y are displayedthis means that the system is runninga self-test (for example for a voltagedrop).

If message + symbol Y continue tostay on the display, contact Alfa RomeoAuthorized Services.

IMPORTANT Every electronic key hasits own code, which must be memorisedby the system control unit. To memorisenew keys, up to a maximum of eight,apply solely to Alfa Romeo AuthorizedServices taking with you all the keys inyour possession, the CODE card, a per-sonal identity document and the car’spossession documents. The codes of thekeys not provided during the new mem-orising procedure are erased from thememory. This is to ensure that any lostor stolen keys can no longer be usedto start the car.

OPERATION

Each time the electronic key is fitted in-to the ignition switch, the Alfa RomeoCODE system control unit sends a recog-nition code to the engine control unitto deactivate the inhibitor.

The code is sent only if the Alfa RomeoCODE system control unit has recognisedthe code transmitted from the electron-ic key.

If when fitting the electronic key into theignition device or starting engine thecode has not been recognised correct-ly, a message + symbol will be shownon the display (see section “Warninglights and messages”).

In this case, the electronic key shouldbe removed and refitted; if the lock con-tinues, possibly try again with the oth-er keys provided with the car. If it is stillnot possible to start the car contact Al-fa Romeo Authorized Services.

The electronic compo-nents inside the key maybe damaged if the key is

submitted to sharp knocks.

If 2 seconds after fittingthe electronic key intothe ignition switch the

message + symbol continue tobe displayed, this means thatthe code of the keys has notbeen memorised, thus the car isnot protected by the Alfa RomeoCODE system against attempt-ed theft. In this case, contact anAlfa Romeo Authorized Serviceto have the key codes memo-rised.

Alfawiki.nl

11

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Button Ë shall be used for central open-ing of doors and fuel cap with alarm de-activation (for versions/markets, whereprovided).

Button` shall be used to open thetailgate.

When unlocking the doors by pressingbutton Ë, if by 2.5 minutes no door orthe boot is opened, the system will au-tomatically lock the car again.

When unlocking the doors, the driver'swindow will slightly open to facilitatedoor opening. If the door is not opened,the window will re-close automatically3 minutes after. If the door is opened,the window will re-close when re-closingthe door.

ELECTRONIC KEY fig. 5

The car is delivered with two copies ofthe key with remote control.

The electronic key operates the ignitionswitch.

Button Á shall be used for central lock-ing of doors, tailgate and fuel cap withalarm activation (for versions/markets,where provided).

When doors are locked, door mirrors willfold (for versions/markets, where pro-vided); mirrors will be brought automati-cally to driving position when refitting theignition key. This function can be deacti-vated (see paragraph “Rearview mir-rors”).

ELECTRONIC KEY

CODE CARD (for versions/markets, where provided)

The CODE card fig. 4, delivered withthe keys, contains the mechanical codeA and the electronic one B.

The code numbers on the CODE cardmust be kept in a safe place, not in thecar.

A0F0023mfig. 4 A0F0021mfig. 5

If the car changes own-er, the new owner mustbe given the electronic

key and the CODE card.

Alfawiki.nl

12

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Replacing the battery of theelectronic key

If when pressing button Ë, Á, or ̀ ,control given is refused or failing, thebattery should be replaced with anequivalent one that can be purchased atcommon stores.

To be sure that the battery is to be re-placed, try again to press buttons Ë,Á, or ̀ with another electronic key.

When closing the tailgate again, pro-tection sensors are restored and direc-tion indicators will flash once.

IMPORTANT Never expose the elec-tronic key to direct sunlight: risk of dam-ages.

IMPORTANT Remote control fre-quency may be disturbed by radio trans-missions outside the car (e.g. mobilephones, hams, etc…). In this event re-mote control may be failing.

The electronic key fig. 6 is fitted witha metal insert A, that can be extractedby pressing button B.

The metal insert operates the following:

❒ central door locking/unlocking byoperating the driver’s door lock (withflat car battery only the driver’s doorwill open);

❒ windows opening/closing;

❒ switch (for versions/markets, whereprovided) for deactivating the pas-senger’s air bag and knees air bag(for versions/markets, where pro-vided);

❒ safe-lock device (for versions/markets, where provided);

❒ emergency unlocking of electronickey from ignition switch.

A0F0022mfig. 6

Never leave the elec-tronic key unattended

to prevent anyone, especiallychildren, from holding it andpressing button B-fig. 6 inad-vertently.

WARNING

A0F0021mfig. 7

Alfawiki.nl

13

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

To change the battery fig. 8 proceedas follows:

❒ take out the metal insert A by press-ing button B;

❒ remove the snap-fitted case B-fig.9 (red) by levering with the metalinsert A of the electronic key in thepoint shown in the figure;

❒ remove the battery D-fig. 8 fromthe case taking note of the bias (inthe figure the positive pole is facingdownwards);

❒ put the new battery into the casewith the correct bias;

❒ put the case down into its seat andrefit the metal insert.


Used batteries areharmful to the environ-ment. They should be

disposed of as specified by lawin the special containers pro-vided, or take them to AlfaRomeo Authorized Serviceswhich will deal with their dis-posal.

IMPORTANT Never touch the electriccontacts of the key and prevent fluid ordust infiltration inside it.

Alfawiki.nl

14

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

SAFE LOCK DEVICE (for versions/markets, where provided)

This safety system inhibits the operationof the car door handles.

The safe lock device represents top pro-tection against break in attempts. Acti-vate it each time you park the car.

Once the safe lock de-vice has been actuated,

doors cannot be opened frominside the car in any waywhatsoever. For this reason,make sure there are no per-sons left inside the car.

WARNING

If the key battery isflat, the safe lock de-

vice can only be deactivated byunlocking the doors by turningthe metal insert of the elec-tronic key into the driver’sdoor lock or by fitting the elec-tronic key into the ignition de-vice.

WARNING

If the car battery isdown, the safe lock de-

vice can be activated only us-ing the metal insert of theelectronic key on the driver’sdoor revolving plug: in thiscase the safe lock device is ac-tive on front passenger’s door.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

15

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Device deactivation

The device is deactivated automaticallyon every door in the following cases:

❒ when unlocking the doors ;

❒ when unlocking only the driver’sdoor (where possible);

❒ when fitting the electronic key intothe ignition switch.

Device activation is signalled by threeflashes of the led on the driver’s doorpanel and, only if activated by pressingthe electronic key button Á, of directionindicators.

Should one of the doors be not perfect-ly closed, the safe lock device is not ac-tivated, thus preventing that a persongetting into the car from the open doorremains blocked inside the passenger’scompartment when he/she closes thedoor.

A0F0021mfig. 10

Device activation

The device is automatically activated onevery door in the following cases:

❒ turning twice the metal insert of theelectronic key into the driver door tolocking position;

❒ pressing twice the electronic key but-ton Á.

Alfawiki.nl

16

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

The main functions that can be activated with the electronic key or with the emergency metals insert are the following:

(*) It is possible to set the option “Unlocking front door only” through the “Setup Menu” (see paragraph “Reconfigurable multifunction display” in this sec-tion). In this case pressing button Á and turning the metal insert of the electronic key counter-clockwise will unlock the driver’s door only. To unlock allthe doors, press twice button Ëwithin 1 second or turn twice the metal insert of the electronic key counter-clockwise.

IMPORTANT Window opening operation is a consequence of a door unlocking control. Window closing operation is a consequence of a door lock-ing control.

Electronickey

Emergencymetalinsert

Directionindicatorsflashing

Led ondriver’s door

Doors,tailgate

and fuel cap unlocking

Brief press onbutton Ë (*)

Electronic keyrotation

clockwise (*)

2 flashings

Deterrenceled off

Doors,tailgateand fuel

caplocking

Brief press onbutton Á

Electronic keyrotation

counter-clockwise

1 flashing

Turning on fixedfor 3 seconds,

followed by deter-rence led flashing

Windowopening

Prolongedpressing

(over 2 seconds)on button Ë

Electronic key rotationfor over

2 seconds clockwise

2 flashings

Deterrence led off

Windowclosing

Prolongedpressing

(over 2 seconds)on button Á

Electronic key rotationfor over

2 seconds counter-clockwise

1 flashing

Turning on fixedfor 3 seconds, followed by

deterrence led flashing

Safe lock(for versions/

markets, whereprovided)

Double pressing(within 1 second)

on button Á

Double electronickey rotation

within 1 secondcounter-clockwise

3 flashings

Doubleflashing,

followed bydeterrence led

flashing

Tailgate opening

Brief press on button`

–

2 flashings

–

Alfawiki.nl

17

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Depending on the markets, the trigger-ing of the alarm will activate the sirenand the hazard warning lights (for about26 seconds). The methods of operationand the number of cycles may vary de-pending on the versions/markets.

A maximum number of sound/sight cy-cles is however envisaged. Once thealarm cycle is over, the system will re-store its normal operation.

IMPORTANT Central door unlockingby the emergency electronic key will notdeactivate the alarm, therefore withalarm on the siren will activate whenopening one of the doors or the boot.To deactivate the siren see paragraph“How to deactivate the alarm”.

IMPORTANT The engine immobiliserfunction is guaranteed by the Alfa Romeo CODE system, which is auto-matically activated when the electronickey is removed from the ignition device.

HOW TO ACTIVATE THE ALARM

With the doors, bonnet and boot shutand electronic key removed from igni-tion switch, point the electronic key inthe direction of the car, then press andrelease the button Á.

With the exception of certain markets,the system sounds a “beep” and thedoors are locked.

Engagement of the alarm is precededby a self-diagnostic test characterised bya different flashing of the driver’s doorled A-fig. 11: if a fault is detected thesystem sounds a further warning“beep”.

ALARM(for versions/markets, where provided)

WHEN THE ALARM IS TRIGGERED

The alarm comes into action in the fol-lowing cases:

❒ unlawful opening of doors, bonnetand boot (perimetral protection);

❒ attempt to start the engine withunauthorised electronic key;

❒ battery cable cutting;

❒ presence of moving bodies in thepassenger’s compartment (volu-metric protection);

❒ abnormal raising/sloping of the car(for versions/markets, where pro-vided);

Volumetric and anti-raising protectionscan be cut off by operating the front ceil-ing light controls(see paragraph “Volu-metric protection/Anti-raising sensor”on the following pages).

A0F0034mfig. 11

Alfawiki.nl

18

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

HOW TO DEACTIVATE THE ALARM

Press button Ë. The system will react asfollows (with the exception of certainmarkets):

❒ two brief flashes of the direction in-dicators;

❒ two brief “beeps”;

❒ door unlocking.

The alarm can be deactivated by fittingthe electronic key into the ignitionswitch.

IMPORTANT On certain versions anyattempt to break in detected by the sys-tem will be indicated by a warning mes-sage on the instrument panel displaywhen fitting the electronic key into theignition switch.

VOLUMETRIC PROTECTION/ANTI-RAISING SENSORS

To make sure that the protection sensorsare working properly, check that win-dows are shut.

This function can be cut out (for exam-ple if you leave animals on the car) bypressing button A-fig. 12 on the frontceiling light within 1 minute after in-strument panel turning off.

When this function is off the button ledwill turn on. Volumetric protection/anti-raising sensors cut out shall be repeat-ed at each instrument panel turning off.

Surveillance

When the system has been turned on,the led A-fig. 11 will flash to indicatethat the system is in the surveillancemode. The led will flash continuouslywhile the system is under surveillance.

IMPORTANT Operation of the alarmis adapted at the origin to the regula-tions of the different countries.

Self-diagnosis and monitoringof doors/bonnet/boot

If, after the alarm has been activated, asecond acoustic signal is heard, turn thesystem off by pressing button Ë, checkfor proper locking of doors, bonnet andboot, then turn the system on again bypressing button Á.

Otherwise if a door or bonnet/boot lidis not correctly closed it will not be con-trolled by the system. If the control sig-nal is repeated when the doors and bon-net/boot are closed properly this meansthat the self-diagnosis function has de-tected a system operating fault, in whichcase it is necessary to contact AlfaRomeo Authorized Services.

A0F0086mfig. 12

Alfawiki.nl

19

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

IGNITION DEVICE

The ignition device is located on thedashboard and it consists of the fol-lowing:

❒ electronic key reading device A-fig. 13 (set near the steeringwheel);

❒ button START/STOP (set underthe electronic key reading device).

IMPORTANT To prevent runningdown the battery do not leave the elec-tronic key into the ignition device whenthe engine is off.

HOW TO CUT OFF THEALARM SYSTEM

To deactivate the alarm system com-pletely (for instance during prolongedinactivity of the car) simply lock the carby rotating the metal insert (providedinside the electronic key) into the dri-ver’s door lock.

MINISTERIALHOMOLOGATION

In keeping with the laws in force in eachcountry on the subject of radio fre-quency, for markets in which the trans-mitter needs to be marked the certifi-cation number is given on the compo-nent. For certain versions/markets, thecode may also be marked on the trans-mitter and/or on the receiver.

A0F0219mfig. 13

If the ignition device istampered with (for ex-

ample during an attemptedbreak-in) have it checked overby Alfa Romeo AuthorizedServices before travellingagain.

WARNING

When leaving the caralways remove the

electronic key from the ignitiondevice to prevent any passen-ger in the car from inadver-tently activating the controls.Remember to engage thehandbrake and if the car is fac-ing uphill, first gear and if thecar is facing downhill, reverse.Never leave children unat-tended in the car.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

20

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

TURNING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL OFF

With the engine off and brake and clutchpedal released, press buttonSTART/STOP or take the electronickey out of the ignition device.

Few seconds after the instrument pan-el will gradually turn off.

IMPORTANT If when removing theelectronic key from the ignition devicethe instrument panel stays on, contactAlfa Romeo Authorized Services.

TURNING THE INSTRUMENTPANEL ON

Proceed as follows:

❒ fit the electronic key into the ignitiondevice;

❒ if the electronic key is fitted yet,press button START/ STOP with-out pressing the clutch or brake ped-al.

To safeguard the battery, when leavingthe car with the instrument panel on,electric and electronic devices will be de-activated after approx. 1 hour.

IMPORTANT Fit the electronic key in-to the ignition device completely untilit locks into place.

IMPORTANT If when fitting the elec-tronic key into the ignition device the in-strument panel stays off, contact AlfaRomeo Authorized Services.

IMPORTANT If when fitting the elec-tronic key into the ignition device, sym-bolY is displayed (on certain versionstogether with a message) checkwhether the electronic key is the prop-er one and then try to refit it into theignition device. If the problem persistscontact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

A0F0028mfig. 14

ENGINE STARTING

See paragraph “Engine starting” in sec-tion “Correct use of the car”.

START/STOP BUTTONfig. 14

Button START/STOP, set on thedashboard, controls car electric systemsand engine starting/stopping.

Button START/STOP is fitted withknurled ring and led. When the led andthe instrument panel are on, the enginecan be started.

Alfawiki.nl

21

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

It is absolutely forbiddento carry out whatever

after-market operation involv-ing steering system or steeringcolumn modifications (e.g.: in-stallation of anti-theft device)that could badly affect perfor-mance and safety, cause thelapse of warranty and also re-sult in non-compliance of the carwith homologation require-ments.

WARNING

DisengagingThe steering column lock will disengageafter fitting the electronic key into theignition device.

IMPORTANT Switching the engine offwhen the car is running will not engagethe steering column lock till next switch-ing off of the engine with car stopped. Inthis event a dedicated message will be dis-played.

IMPORTANT Steering column lock fail-ure is indicated by symbol + message onthe display. In this event contact AlfaRomeo Authorized Services.

STEERING COLUMN LOCK

EngagingThe steering column lock will engage5 seconds after removing the electron-ic key from the ignition device and if thefollowing conditions are present:❒ engine off;❒ instrument panel off with car at a

standstill;❒ electronic key removed from ignition

device.

IMPORTANT If after turning the in-strument panel on and/or starting the en-gine, the display shows the message “Carprotection system not available”, repeatthe operation using the moving the steer-ing wheel to facilitate steering column un-locking. Displaying of the warning mes-sage will not impair steering column lockregular operation.

Alfawiki.nl

22

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

FUEL GAUGE fig. 15

The pointer shows the amount of fuelleft in the tank.

0 - tank empty.

1 - tank full (see the indications givenin paragraph “At the filling station").

The fuel gauge warning light turns on toindicate that approx. 10 litres of fuel areleft in the tank. When range falls below50 km (or 31 mi) the display will showa dedicated warning message.

If warning light K startsflashing when travel-ling, contact Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services.

A0F00177mfig. 15

INSTRUMENTSREV. COUNTERRev counter shows engine rpm. The dan-ger zone (red) indicates excessive highengine revs. Do not drive for long peri-ods with the pointer in this area.

IMPORTANT The electronic injectioncontrol system gradually shuts off theflow of fuel when the engine is “over-revving” (rev counter pointer in redarea) resulting in a gradual loss of en-gine power, in order to bring back rpmbelow the safety limit.

The rev counter may, when the engine isidling, indicate gradual or sudden increaseof engine revs as the case may be; suchbehaviour is normal and must not be in-terpreted as a faulty condition as it occursduring normal operation, for instance whenclimate control or electric fan are switchedon. In particular, slow revs variation helpskeep the battery charged.

Alfawiki.nl

23

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

IMPORTANT Under certain conditions(heavy slopes, for instance), the readingon the gauge may differ from the actualamount of fuel in the tank and changesin level may be indicated late. This con-dition falls within the regular operating log-ics of the fuel gauge.

The turning on of the warning light u(together with a message on the dis-play) indicates that the coolant fluidtemperature is too high; in this case,stop the engine and contact Alfa RomeoAuthorized Services.

IMPORTANT The temperature of theengine coolant may rise towards themaximum values (red sector) when thecar is driven at low speeds, uphill, fullyladen or during towing, especially if theambient temperature is high.

A0F0178mfig. 16

ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE GAUGEfig. 16

This shows the temperature of the en-gine coolant fluid and begins workingwhen the fluid temperature exceeds ap-prox. 50°C.

The pointer should normally be towardsthe middle of the scale. If the pointerreaches the red sector, reduce your de-mand on the engine.

Alfawiki.nl

24

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

ENGINE OIL TEMPERATUREGAUGE(petrol versions except1750 TURBO BENZINA)fig. 17

This shows the temperature of the en-gine oil and begins working when theoil temperature exceeds approx. 70°C.

If the pointer reaches the red sector, re-duce your demand on the engine.

A0F0179mfig. 17

The turning on of the warning light `when travelling (together with a mes-sage on the display) indicates that theoil temperature is too high; in this case,stop the engine and contact Alfa RomeoAuthorized Services.

IMPORTANT The temperature of theengine oil may rise towards the maxi-mum values (red sector) when the caris driven at low speeds, uphill, fullyladen or during towing, especially if theambient temperature is high.

A0F0180mfig. 18

TURBOCHARGER PRESSUREGAUGE (1750 TURBOBENZINA and dieselversions) fig. 18

This shows the turbocharger pressurevalue.

Alfawiki.nl

25

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

AUTOMATIC INSTRUMENTPANEL LIGHT DIMMER

To give max. visibility and comfort un-der whatever driving conditions (e.g.:lights on in daylight, tunnels, etc…), thespeedometer is fitted with a sensor foradjusting automatically, after fitting theelectronic key into the ignition device andpressing button START/STOP, thelight intensity of the instrument panel dis-play, sound system display, climate con-trol system display, radionavigation sys-tem display (for versions/markets,where provided), and instruments (i.e.:fuel level gauge, engine oil temperaturegauge for petrol versions or turbocharg-er pressure gauge for diesel versions, andengine coolant temperature gauge).

TRIP METER RESET fig. 19

To reset the trip meter, keep button Apressed for a few seconds.

MANUAL INSTRUMENTPANEL LIGHT DIMMER

With this function it is possible to adjuston 8 levels the light intensity of the indi-cations given on the instrument panel dis-play, sound system display, climate con-trol system display, radionavigation sys-tem display (for versions/markets,where provided), and instruments (i.e.:fuel level gauge, engine oil temperaturegauge for petrol versions or turbochargerpressure gauge for diesel versions, and en-gine coolant temperature gauge).

To increase light intensity press brieflybutton + on the left-hand stalk, to re-duce it press button –: the display willshow an indication and a figure corre-sponding to the current light intensitylevel. This screen will be displayed fora few seconds and then it will go off.

A0F0072mfig. 19

Alfawiki.nl

26

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

The date C in the middle of the displaywill stay on until another display info isactivated (e.g. “Light dimmer”) or oth-er information on car conditions.With ignition key removed (when open-ing a door) the display will turn on andindicate for a few seconds time, km (ormi) covered and external temperature .

INFORMATION ABOUT CARCONDITIONS (at event)

❒ Scheduled servicing;

❒ Trip computer;

❒ Instrument panel light dimmer;

❒ Engine oil level;

IMPORTANT When opening a doorthe display will show for a few secondsthe time, the km covered and the ex-ternal temperature.

RECONFIGURABLEMULTIFUNCTIONDISPLAY

The “Reconfigurable multifunction dis-play” shows all the useful informationnecessary when driving, more particu-larly:

INFORMATION ONSTANDARD SCREEN

❒ Clock A-fig. 20;❒ External temperature B;❒ Date C;❒ Partial km (or miles) covered D;❒ Total km (or miles) covered E;❒ Indications on car conditions F (e.g.:

doors open, or possible ice on road,etc. ...).

A0F0015mfig. 20

Alfawiki.nl

27

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARA0F0074mfig. 21

“SETUP MENU”

There is also a “Setup Menu” enablingto perform the adjustments and/or set-tings described on the following pagesby pressing button MENU and +/–(see fig. 21). The Setup menu can beactivated by pressing briefly buttonMENU.

The menu comprises a series of func-tions arranged in a “circular fashion”fig. 22.

Selecting an option of the mainmenu without submenu:

❒ briefly press button MENU to se-lect the main menu option to set;

❒ operate buttons + or – (by singlepress) to select the new setting;

❒ briefly press button MENU to storenew setting and go back to the pre-viously selected option of the mainmenu.

CONTROL BUTTONS

MENU

Short push on button: to confirmthe required option and/or to go to nextscreen;

Long push on button: to go back toprevious screen without saving the se-lected option.

+/– to scroll up/down the “SetupMenu” options or to increase/decreasethe value displayed on the screen.

When the standard screen is displayedbuttons +/– activate instrument panellight dimming.

Alfawiki.nl

28

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Selecting “Date” and “Clock”:

❒ briefly press button MENU to selectthe first value to change (e.g. hours/minutes or year /month /day);

❒ operate buttons + or – (by singlepress) to select the new setting;

❒ briefly press button MENU to storenew setting and go back to the pre-viously selected option of the mainmenu, if this is the last one you willgo back to the previously selectedoption of the main menu.

ENGINE OIL LEVEL INDICATION

Fitting the electronic key into the igni-tion device, the display will show for afew seconds the engine oil level. At thisstage, to clear this indication and to goto next screen, press button MENU.

Low/excessive oil level will be indicat-ed by a dedicated warning message onthe display.

IMPORTANT Check the proper en-gine oil level on the dipstick (see para-graph “Checking levels” in section “Carmaintenance”).

IMPORTANT Proper engine oil levelshall be checked with the car on levelground.

IMPORTANT For proper oil level in-dication, after fitting the key, wait forabout 2 seconds before starting the en-gine.

IMPORTANT Engine oil level could in-crease after a long stop.

Selecting an option of the mainmenu with submenu:

❒ briefly press button MENU to dis-play the first submenu option;

❒ operate buttons + or – (by singlepress) to scroll all submenu options;

❒ briefly press button MENU to selectthe displayed submenu option andto enter the corresponding setupmenu;

❒ operate buttons + or – (by singlepress) to select the new setting of thissubmenu option;

❒ briefly press button MENU to storethe new setting and go back to thepreviously selected submenu option.

Alfawiki.nl

29

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Briefly press button MENU to access navigation from the standard screen. To surf the menu press buttons + or –. For safety rea-sons, when the car is running, it is possible to access only the reduced menu (for setting “Speed limit”). When the car is stationaryaccess to the whole menu is enabled. On cars fitted with radionavigation system, only the following functions can be set: “Speedlimit”, “Daylight sensor” (for versions/markets, where provided) e “S.B.R. buzzer reactivation”. The other functions are displayedand can be set/adjusted on the radionavigation system display.

fig. 22

BEEP VOL.

SERVICE

QUIT SETUP LIGHT SENS. RESET TRIP BCLOCK

MODE 12/24

DATE

AUDIO RPT.

INDEP. BOOT

UNLOCK FDADOOR LOCK UNITS

KEYS VOL.

LANGUAGE

SPEED LIMIT

A0F0218g

Alfawiki.nl

30

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Automatic headlight daylightsensor (Light Sens.) (for versions/markets, where provided)

With this function it is possible to adjustthe light sensor sensitivity according to3 levels.

To adjust the volume proceed as follows:

❒ briefly press button MENU: the pre-viously set level will be displayed;

❒ press button + or – for setting as re-quired;

❒ briefly press button MENU to goback to the menu screen or press thebutton for long to go back to thestandard screen.

Reset Trip B

This function enables to select Trip B re-set mode (Automatic or Manual).

For further information see paragraph“Trip computer”.

Speed limit (Speed limit)

With this function it is possible to set thecar speed limit (km/h or mph), which,if exceeded, automatically sounds abuzzer and displays a special message(see section “Warning lights and mes-sages”) to alert the driver.

To set the speed limit, proceed as fol-lows:

❒ briefly press button MENU: OFFwill be displayed;

❒ press button +: ON will be dis-played;

❒ briefly press button MENU then,use buttons +/– to set the requiredspeed (during setting the value willflash).


IMPORTANT The possible setting isbetween 30 and 250 km/h (or be-tween 20 and 150 mph) depending onthe unit set previously (see paragraph“Units” described later). Every press(pulse) of the button +/– increases ordecreases the value by 5 units. Keepingthe button +/– pressed obtains auto-matic fast increase or decrease. Whenyou are near the required setting com-plete adjustment with single presses.

To abort the setting:

❒ briefly press button MENU: ONwill be displayed;

❒ press button –: OFF will be dis-played;


Alfawiki.nl

31

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

IMPORTANT Every press (pulse) onthe button +/– increases/decreases byone unit. Keeping button +/– pressedobtains fast increase/decrease. Whenyou are near the required setting com-plete adjustment with single presses.


Setting the clock (Clock)

This function enables to set the clock.

Proceed as follows:

❒ briefly press button MENU: “hours”will be displayed;


❒ briefly press button MENU: “min-utes” will be displayed;


Clock mode (Mode 12/24)

This function is used to set the clock inthe 12h or 24h mode.

To adjust proceed as follows:

❒ briefly press button MENU: the dis-play will show 12h or 24h (accord-ing to previous setting);



Alfawiki.nl

32

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Setting the date (Date)

This function enables to update the date(year - month - day).

Proceed as follows:

❒ briefly press button MENU : “year”will flash on the display;


❒ briefly press button MENU:“month” will flash on the display;


❒ briefly press button MENU: “day”will flash on the display;


IMPORTANT Every press (pulse) onthe button +/– increases/decreases byone unit. Keeping button +/– pressedobtains fast increase/decrease. Whenyou are near the required setting com-plete adjustment with single presses.


Audio Info Repetition(Audio Rpt.) (where provided)

This function enables to display soundsystem information.

❒ Radio: selected radio station fre-quency or RDS message, automatictuning activation or AutoSTore;

❒ audio CD, MP3 Cd: selected tracknumber;

❒ CD Changer: CD number and tracknumber;

To activate/deactivate (ON/OFF) in-fo displaying proceed as follows:

❒ briefly press button MENU: the dis-play will show ON or OFF (ac-cording to previous setting);



According to the audio source selected,below the time will be displayed thesymbol of the current source.

Alfawiki.nl

33

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Driver’s door unlocking(Unlock Fda)

With this function it is possible to unlockonly the driver’s door by pressing theelectronic key button Ë.

With this function active (ON) it is how-ever possible to unlock the other doorsby pressing the door unlock button oncentral console.

To activate/deactivate (ON/OFF) thisfunction proceed as follows:




Automatic central door locking(Door lock)

When activated (ON), this functionlocks automatically the doors when thecar speed exceeds 20 km/h.

To activate/deactivate (ON/OFF) thisfunction proceed as follows:




When the function is on, the buttonround led is on q.

Independent boot unlocking(Indep. Boot)

Opening the boot with the remote con-trol (press button ` is always pos-sible. The option “Independent boot” en-ables or disables the button set on thearmrest. More particularly: with “Indep.Boot ON” the button is always off. With“Indep. Boot OFF” the button is alwayson and pressing it will unlock the boot ifdoors are unlocked.

To activate independent boot function (bydeactivating the armrest button) (ON)or to deactivate it (OFF), proceed as fol-lows:




Alfawiki.nl

34

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Consumption

If the distance unit set is km (see pre-vious paragraph) the display will enableto set the fuel consumption unit inl/100 km, km/l or mpg.

If the distance unit set is “mi” (see pre-vious paragraph) fuel consumption willbe displayed in “mpg”.

In this case the option “Cons.Unit” of the“Setup Menu” can be selected but it islocked on “mpg”.

To set the required unit proceed as fol-lows:

❒ briefly press button MENU: the dis-play will show “km/l” or “l/100km” (according to previous setting);



Temperature

This function enables to set the tem-perature unit (°C or °F).


❒ briefly press button MENU: the dis-play will show °C or °F (accordingto previous setting);



Units

With this function it is possible to set theunits for distance covered (km or mi),fuel consumption (l/100 km, km/l ormpg) and temperature (°C or °F).

Distance


❒ briefly press button MENU: the dis-play will show “km” or “mi” (ac-cording to previous setting);



Alfawiki.nl

35

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Selecting the language(Language)

Display messages can be shown in thefollowing languages: Italian, English,German, Portuguese, Spanish, French,Dutch and Brazilian.

To set the required language proceed asfollows:

❒ briefly press button MENU : the dis-play will show the previously set“language”;



Adjusting the button volume(Keys Vol.)

With this function the volume of theroger-beep accompanying the activationof certain buttons can be adjusted ac-cording to 8 levels.


❒ briefly press button MENU: the dis-play will show the previously set vol-ume “level”;



Adjusting the failure/warningbuzzer volume (Beep Vol.)

With this function the volume of thebuzzer accompanying any fail-ure/warning indication can be adjustedaccording to 8 levels.


❒ briefly press button MENU: the dis-play will show the previously set vol-ume “level”;



Alfawiki.nl

36

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Reactivating the S.B.R. (Seat Belt Reminder) buzzer (Beep Seatb.)

This function is displayed only after thesystem has been deactivated by AlfaRomeo Authorized Services.

Exit Menu (Quit setup)

Selecting this option will bring back tostandard screen.

ILLUMINATION OF REVCOUNTER/INSTRUMENTS(NIGHT PANEL)

This function enables to turn on/off(ON/OFF) the lights of the rev counterand instruments. This function can be ac-tivated (only with electronic key fitted in-to ignition device, external lights on, andspeedometer built-in sensor at poor out-side light setting), by pressing for long but-ton –. When this function is on, the dis-play will show a warning message.

Once on, the NIGHT PANEL functioncan be deactivated as follows:❒ by long press on button + (also with

external lights off);❒ removing the electronic key from the

ignition device.

When function is off the display will showa warning message.

Messages stay on the display for a fewseconds, then they will go off. To stopdisplaying before time, briefly press but-ton MENU.

Scheduled Servicing (Service)Through this function it is possible to dis-play information connected to proper carservicing.Proceed as follows:❒ briefly press button MENU: service

in km or mi, according to previoussetting, will be displayed (see para-graph “Units”);


IMPORTANT The Service schedule in-cludes car maintenance every 35,000 km(or 21,000 mi); this is shown automat-ically, with the electronic key into the ig-nition device starting from 2,000 km (or1,240 mi) from this deadline and it willbe displayed in km or miles according tothe unit set. When a scheduled service in-terval (“coupon”) is near to come, fittingthe electronic key into the ignition devicewill display a message followed by thenumber of km/mi to go before car ser-vicing. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-vices to carry out any service operationprovided by the Service schedule or by theAnnual inspection plan, and to reset thedisplay. Alfawiki.nl

37

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Reset TRIP BEnd of partial mission

Start of new partial mission End of partial missionStart of new

partial mission Reset TRIP BEnd of partial mission

Start of new partial mission

Reset GENERAL TRIPEnd of complete mission

Start of new mission

Reset GENERAL TRIPEnd of complete mission

Start of new mission

End of partial missionStart of new

partial mission

Reset TRIP B

Reset TRIP B

TRIP B

TRIP B

TRIP B

GENERAL TRIP

˙

˙

˙

˙ ˙

˙

˙ ˙

fig. 23

TRIP COMPUTER

General features

The “Trip computer” displays information (with electronic key fitted into ignition device) relating to the operating status ofthe car. This function comprises the “General trip” concerning the “complete mission” of the car (journey) and “Trip B” con-cerning the partial mission of the car; this latter function (as shown in fig. 23) is “contained” within the complete mission.

Both functions are resettable (reset - start of new mission).

Alfawiki.nl

38

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Values displayed

Average consumption

Represents the indicative average of con-sumptions from the beginning of thenew mission.

Current consumption

This value shows instant fuel consump-tion (this value is updated second bysecond). If parking the car with engineon, the display will show “- - - -”.

Average speed

This value shows the car average speedas a function of the overall time elapsedsince the start of the new mission.

Travel time

This value shows the time elapsed sincethe start of the new mission (drivingtime).

Range

This value shows the distance in km (ormi) that the car can still cover beforeneeding fuel, assuming that driving con-ditions are kept unvaried.

The display will show “- - - -“ in the fol-lowing cases:

❒ value lower than 50 km (or 30 mi);

❒ car left parked with engine runningfor long.

IMPORTANT The variation of the au-tonomy value can be influenced by dif-ferent factors: driving style (see what isdescribed in paragraph “Driving style”in the chapter “Correct use of the car”),type of route (highways, urban, moun-tain, etc…), use conditions of the car(load transported, tire pressure, etc…).What was described previously must betaken in consideration when planninga trip.

Travel Distance

This value shows the distance coveredfrom the start of the new mission.

Each time the battery is connected andeach time a new mission is started (re-set), the display will show “0.0”.

The “General Trip” displays the figuresrelating to:

❒ Average consumption

❒ Current consumption

❒ Average speed

❒ Travel time

❒ Range

❒ Travel Distance

“Trip B” displays information concern-ing :

❒ Travel Distance B

❒ Average consumption B

❒ Average speed B

❒ Travel time B.

Alfawiki.nl

39

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

TRIP BUTTON

Button TRIP fig. 24, set on the rightsteering column stalk shall be used (withelectronic key into ignition device) to en-ter the “General Trip” and “Trip B” func-tion. To scroll the values of each optionuse buttons set aside the stalk.

Button TRIP shall also be used to resetthe “General Trip” and “Trip B” functionsto start a new mission:

❒ short push: to display the differ-ent values;

❒ long push: to reset and then starta new mission.

To scroll the Trip Computer options,briefly press buttons - and..

New mission (reset)

Reset can be:

❒ “manual”, reset is performed by thedriver by pressing button TRIP;

❒ “automatic”, reset is performedwhen the trip distance reaches9999.9 km (or mi), when traveltime reaches 99.59 (99 hours and59 minutes) or after disconnectingand then reconnecting the battery.

A0F0076mfig. 24

Alfawiki.nl

40

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IMPORTANT “General Trip” reset willalso reset the “Trip B” function, where-as “Trip B” reset will only reset the in-formation associated with this function.

Every Trip computer screen displays twooptions of the active Trip (Trip A or TripB); one option is displayed at the top ofthe screen, the other one at the bottom(see fig. 25).

In the same screen it is not possible tohave displayed at the same time thesame option at the top and at the bot-tom of the screen.

Briefly press button TRIP to select thetwo Trip computer modes; use button- to scroll the options at the top of thedisplay, use button . to scroll the op-tions at the bottom of the display.

Press briefly button TRIP to go fromTrip A to Trip B.

Start of journey procedure(reset)

Trip A and Trip B reset are independent.

Reset General Trip

With electronic key into ignition device,to reset the “General Trip” press andkeep pressed button TRIP for over 2seconds.

IMPORTANT Reset can be automat-ic only in the following cases:

❒ when the “Travel Distance” reach-es 9999.9 km or the “Travel Time”reaches 99.59 (99 hours and 59minutes);

❒ after disconnecting/reconnectingthe battery.

At General Trip reset a warning messagewill be displayed.

A0F0052mfig. 25

Alfawiki.nl

Upholstery of your carhas been designed towithstand wear deriv-

ing from common use of the car.You are however recommendedto avoid strong and/or contin-uous scratching with clothing ac-cessories such as metallic buck-les, studs, Velcro fastenings andthe like, since these items causecircumscribed stress of the cov-er fabric that could lead to yarnbreaking, and damage the cov-er as a consequence.

41

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Height adjustment (where provided)

Move repeatedly lever B upwards ordownwards to achieve the requiredheight.

IMPORTANT Adjustment must be car-ried out only seated at the driver’s seat.

Back rest angle adjustment

Operate button C until obtaining the re-quired position.

SEATS

MANUALLY ADJUSTABLEFRONT SEATS fig. 26

Only make adjustmentswhen the car is sta-

tionary.

WARNING

A0F0020mfig. 26

Once you have re-leased the lever, check

that the seat is firmly lockedin the runners by trying tomove it back and forth. Failureto lock the seat in place couldresult in the seat moving sud-denly and the driver losingcontrol of the car.

WARNING

Moving the seat backwardsor forwards

Lift the lever A (on the inner side of theseat) and push the seat forwards orbackwards: in the driving position thearms should rest on the rim of the steer-ing wheel.

Alfawiki.nl

Lumbar adjustment(for versions/markets, where provided)

Turn the knob D until obtaining the re-quired position.

Back rest angle adjustment(for versions/markets, where provided)

Use lever E. Pulling the lever upwardsthe seat will bend back by one position.Pushing the lever downwards the seatwill bend forward.

Tilting the back rest

To get to the rear seats, pull handle F:the back rest will tilt and the seat canslide forward.

Bringing back the back rest the seat willreturn automatically to its original posi-tion (mechanical memory).

After bringing the back rest to its origi-nal position check tat it firmly locked.Check also that the seat is firmly lockedin the runners by trying to move it backand forth.

42

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLEFRONT SEATS fig. 27(for versions/markets, where provided)

Seat controls are thefollowing:

Multifunction control A:

❒ front seat height adjustment;

❒ rear seat height adjustment;

❒ vertical seat movement;

❒ longitudinal seat movement;

B: Back rest angle adjustment;

C: Driver’s seat positions store buttons;

D: Lumbar adjustment;

E: Back rest tipping.

IMPORTANT Seat can only be ad-justed when the electronic key is fittedinto the ignition device and for about 1minute from removing it or after press-ing button START/STOP. After open-ing the door the seat can be adjusted forabout 3 minutes or until closing thedoor.

Only make adjustmentswhen the car is station-

ary.

WARNING

A0F0254mfig. 27

Alfawiki.nl

43

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Seat warming (for versions/markets, where provided)

With electronic key fitted into ignitiondevice, turn ring nut A-fig. 28 to turnthis function on/off.

Seat warming can be adjusted to 3 dif-ferent levels (0 = seat warming off).

A0F0024mfig. 28

Easy Entry

This function, operating regardless of theignition key position into the ignition de-vice, facilitates access to rear seats.

To access the rear seats, pull handle E-fig. 27 and move the seat back for-wards: the seat will slide forward auto-matically.

Bringing the seat back to its normal po-sition will return the seat to its originalposition.

If when returning to the original positionit finds an obstacle (e.g.: rear passen-ger’s knees), the seat will stop, it willthen move forward and then it will lock.

Storing driver’s seat/doormirror positions

Buttons C allows to store and recall threedifferent driver’s seat and door mirror po-sitions. Storing and recalling are only pos-sible with electronic key fitted into igni-tion device.

Stored position can only be recalled forabout 3 minutes after opening the doorsand for about 1 minute after removingthe electronic key from the ignition de-vice.

To store the required seat position, ad-just it as required then press the buttoncorresponding to position to store for afew seconds.

To recall the stored position, press brieflythe corresponding button.

Storing a new position will automaticallyclear the one stored previously using thesame button.

Alfawiki.nl

44

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

HEAD RESTRAINTS

FRONT HEAD RESTRAINTS

Front head restraints are built into theseats.

REAR HEAD RESTRAINTS

Rear seats are fitted with two head re-straints.

If required, head restraints can be re-moved as follows:

❒ pull up lever A-fig. 29 and tilt therear seat backrest forward (a “redband” B will appear);

❒ raise head restraints to max. height;

❒ press buttons C-fig. 30 (set asidethe two head restraint supports)then remove the head restraints bypulling them upwards.

A0F0137mfig. 30

A0F0085mfig. 29

A0F0199mfig. 28/a

FRONT SEATS SPORTS fig. 28/a(for versions/markets, where provided)

Certain versions are fitted with electri-cally adjustable front seats with sportsconfiguration.

To adjust these seats see the indicationscontained in previous paragraphs.

Alfawiki.nl

45

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

STEERING WHEEL

The steering wheel can be adjusted bothaxially and in height.

Release the lever A-fig. 31 pushing itdownwards, then adjust the steeringwheel as required. To lock the steeringwheel, push lever A upwards.

It is absolutely forbid-den to carry out what-

ever after-market operationinvolving steering system orsteering column modifications(e.g.: installation of anti-theftdevice) that could badly affectperformance and safety, causethe lapse of warranty and al-so result in non-compliance ofthe car with homologation re-quirements.

WARNING

A0F0136mfig. 31

Any adjustment of thesteering wheel position

must be carried out only withthe car stationary and the en-gine turned off.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

46

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Powered mirror folding (for versions/markets, where provided)

When required (for example when themirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces)it is possible to fold the mirrors by press-ing button C-fig. 34.

To bring the mirrors back to driving po-sition press again button C-fig. 34.

When doors are locked, door mirrors willfold; mirrors will be brought automati-cally to driving position when refittingthe ignition key.

To adjust the mirror move the switch Bin the four directions shown by the ar-rows.

IMPORTANT After adjusting the mir-ror, turn selector A to 0 to prevent ac-cidental movements.

Manual mirror folding

When required (for example when themirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces)it is possible to fold the mirror moving itfrom position A-fig. 35 to position B.

A0F0135mfig. 32

REARVIEWMIRRORS

DRIVING MIRROR

The mirror is fitted with a safety devicethat causes it to be released in the eventof a violent crash.

Using lever A-fig. 32 the mirror canbe adjusted to two different positions:normal or antiglare.

DOOR MIRRORS

Door mirror can only be adjusted andfolded when the electronic key is fittedinto the ignition device.

Adjusting the mirror

Use device A-fig. 34 to select the re-quired mirror:

❒ turn selector A to 1: to select theleft mirror;

❒ turn selector A to 2: to select theright mirror.

A0F0036mfig. 34

Alfawiki.nl

47

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

This function can be activat-ed/deactivated by keeping the foldingbutton pressed for over 2 seconds. Abuzzer will sound when activa-tion/deactivation is set.

A0F0081mfig. 35

As the driver’s door mir-ror is curved, it mayslightly alter the per-

ception of distance.

When driving the mir-rors shall always be in

open position.

WARNING

Storing the “parking”position of the door mirror on the passenger side

On versions equipped with poweredseats, to improve visibility during park-ing manoeuvres when engaging the re-verse gear, the driver can adjust/move(and store) the passenger door mirrorto a position different from that usedduring normal running.

To store the required mirror position pro-ceed as follows:

❒ engage reverse with car stopped andignition key fitted into ignition de-vice;

❒ turn selector A-fig. 34 to 2 (to se-lect the passenger door mirror);

❒ adjust the passenger door mirror asrequired to obtain best position forparking manoeuvres;

❒ keep one of the buttons C-fig. 27pressed for 3 seconds at least (seeparagraph “Seats” in this section).

Together with the passenger door mir-ror “parking” position, also the driverseat and door mirror positions will bestored. The sound of a buzzer confirmsthat the mirror position has been stored.

Alfawiki.nl

48

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Recallig the passenger doormirror “parking”

Proceed as follows: fit the electronic keyinto the ignition device; engage reverse;turn selector A-fig. 34 to 2 (to selectthe passenger door mirror).

The mirror will set automatically to thepreviously stored position.

If no parking position has been stored,when engaging reverse the passengerdoor mirror will slightly lower to aid thedriver during parking.

The mirror will automatically return toits original position 10 seconds after dis-engaging reverse, when the car speedexceeds 10 km/h in forward gear orwhen turning selector A-fig. 34 to 0.

Automatic door mirrorrealignment

Each time the ignition key is fitted intothe ignition device, door mirrors returnautomatically to the last positionreached and/or recalled at last key re-moval.

This enables mirror alignment if whenleaving the car parked one of the doormirrors has been moved manuallyand/or accidentally.

Defrosting/demisting

The electric mirrors are fitted with heatingcoils which come into operation when turn-ing on the heated rear window (by press-ing button ().

IMPORTANT This function is timedand is deactivated after a few minutes.

Alfawiki.nl

49

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

1 Upper vent - 2 Adjustable and swivel central vents - 3 Adjustable and swivel side vents - 4 Lower vents for rear seats -5 Lower vents for front seats - 6 Windscreen and front windows demisting/defrosting vents.

A0F0220m

fig. 36

Alfawiki.nl

50

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

CENTRAL AND SIDE VENTS fig. 37-38These vents are located on the dash-board. Each vent A features a wheel Bto adjust air flow and a device C to di-rect it horizontally or vertically.O = Completely closedI = Completely open

A0F0014mfig. 37 A0F0057mfig. 39

UPPER VENT fig. 39

The vent has an opening/closing con-trol.

O = Completely closed

I = Completely open

WINDSCREEN AND FRONTSIDE WINDOWDEMISTING/DEFROSTINGVENTS

These vents are located at the ends A-fig. 40 and on the front part B of thedashboard.

A0F0012mfig. 38

A0F0067mfig. 40

Alfawiki.nl

51

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

AIR DISTRIBUTIONSELECTION

O: air flow to driver’s/passenger’sbody;

M: air flow to driver’s/passenger’sbody and lower part of the passengercompartment;

N: air flow towards the front and rearlower part of the passenger compart-ment;

Q: air flow towards the lower part ofthe passenger compartment and wind-screen;

ü: air flow towards the windscreen

MANUAL CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEM (for versions/markets, where provided)

CONTROLS fig. 41

A - Air temperature knob (mixing warm and cold air);

B - Air distribution knob;

C - Fan speed knob;

D - Heated rear window and door mir-ror defrosting on/off button;

E - Windscreen, front side windows anddoor mirror max. demisting/defrostingon/off button;

F - Air recirculation on/off button;

G - Compressor on/off button.

fig. 41 A0F0011m

Alfawiki.nl

52

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

QUICK WINDSCREEN AND FRONT SIDE WINDOWDEMISTING/DEFROSTING(MAX-DEF function)

To turn this function on press button -: the button leds -,√ and(will turnon. To turn this function off press againbutton - the button led will turn off.After demisting/defrosting, turn thisfunction off to keep perfect comfort con-ditions.

Window demisting

Climate control system √ is very use-ful to speed up window demisting andit is therefore to be turned on in theevent of considerable moisture. In anycase it is recommended to perform thefollowing preventive demisting proce-dure:

❒ turn air recirculation off (if on);

❒ turn knob C to second speed;

❒ turn knob B toQ.

HEATED REAR WINDOWAND DOOR MIRRORDEMISTING/DEFROSTING

To turn this function on press button (the button led will turn on. To turn thisfunction off press again button .

On certain versions, turning this functionon will also activate windscreen de-frosting in the windscreen wiper area.

This function is timed and switches offautomatically after few minutes, or bypressing again the button or by turningthe engine off. It will not be switchedon automatically when restarting the en-gine.

IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers onthe inside of the heated rear windowover the heating filaments to avoid dam-age that might cause it to stop work-ing properly.

WARMING THE PASSENGERCOMPARTMENT

Proceed as follows:

❒ turn knob A to the required tem-perature;

❒ turn knob C to the required speed;

❒ turn knob B to the required distrib-ution:

N: to warm the feet of front and rearpassengers;

M: to warm the feet and keep the facecool (bilevel function);

Q: to warm the feet and at the sametime demist the windscreen;

❒ turn air recirculation off (if on).

Alfawiki.nl

53

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

CLIMATE CONTROL (fast cooling)

IMPORTANT The compressor √ canbe enabled only if the ventilation is en-abled.

Proceed as follows:

❒ turn knob A completely leftwards;

❒ turn knob C to top speed;

❒ turn knob B to O;

❒ press buttons √ andv (buttonsleds on).

How to keep the requiredcooling

Proceed as follows:

❒ turn air recirculation off (if on).

❒ turn knob A to the required tem-perature;

❒ turn the knurled ring C to the re-quired fan speed.

LOOKING AFTER THE SYSTEM

During the winter, the climate controlsystem √ must be turned on at leastonce a month for about ten minutes.

Before summer, have the systemchecked at Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-vices.

RECIRCULATION

To turn this function on press buttonv: the button led will turn on.

This function is particularly useful whenthe outside air is heavily polluted (in atraffic jam, tunnel, etc.) However, it isbetter not to use it for long periods, es-pecially if there are several people in thecar to prevent window misting up.

Do not use the air recirculation functionon rainy/cold days as it would consid-erably increase the possibility of the win-dows misting inside.

IMPORTANT The inside air recircula-tion system makes it possible to reachthe required (“heating” or “cooling”)conditions faster.

After connecting/discon-necting the battery,wait for 3 minutes at

least before fitting the elec-tronic key into the ignition de-vice in order to allow the cli-mate control system control unitto reset the positions of theelectric actuators that adjust airtemperature and distribution.

Alfawiki.nl

54

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

To guarantee perfectand regular sensor op-eration do not apply

stickers in the “monitoring”area between sensor and wind-screen. Keep windscreen andsensor clean and avoid to accu-mulate dust or other sub-stances.

AUTOMATIC TWO-ZONE CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEM (for versions/markets, where provided)

DESCRIPTION

The car is fitted with a two-zone climatecontrol system which makes it possibleto separately adjust the air temperaturein the two passenger’s compartment ar-eas to reach the required comfort.

To obtain top control of both zones, thesystem is fitted with outside temperaturesensor, passenger’s compartment tem-perature sensor and bilateral sun radia-tion sensor.

The climate control system automaticallycontrols and adjusts the following pa-rameters and functions:❒ air temperature at driver/passengers

vents;❒ fan speed;❒ air distribution at driver/passenger

vents;❒ compressor activation;❒ air recirculation.

The following parameters and functionscan be set or changed manually:

❒ required temperature;

❒ fan speed;

❒ air distribution on seven levels;

❒ compressor on/off;

❒ window demisting/defrosting;

❒ air recirculation.

The system is fitted with AQS (Air Qual-ity System) sensor (where provided),that turns on air recirculation automati-cally when it detects the presence of out-side polluted air (for example in queuesand tunnels).

Where provided, the system is integrat-ed with an anti-misting sensor A-fig. 42set behind the driving mirror, capable of“monitoring” a preset internal area of thewindscreen and of intervening automat-ically to prevent or to reduce window mist-ing up, through a proper strategy. Thissensor can be deactivated through anymanual system control when the strate-gy is operating. The sensor is enabled ateach start-up and in any case when theuser presses one of the AUTO buttons.

A0F0091mfig. 42

Alfawiki.nl

55

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

I - OFF button to disable climate control;

L - air recirculation on/off button;

M - climate control compressor on/off button;

N - passenger’s compartment temperature sensor

Controls fig. 43

A - air distribution buttons (on driver andpassenger side);

B - knob for adjusting temperature onthe left side;

C - automatic operation button (AUTO);

D - climate control data display;

E - knob for adjusting temperature onthe right side;

F - rear window/door mirrors heatingon/off button;

G - MAX-DEF function button (fast de-frosting/demisting function for wind-screen, heated rear window and doormirrors);

H - buttons for adjusting the fan speed;fig. 43 A0F0155m

Alfawiki.nl

56

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

AIR TEMPERATUREADJUSTMENT KNOBS

Turning the knob knurled rings (B/E),clockwise or counter-clockwise, respec-tively highers or lowers the temperatureof the air required respectively in the leftzone (knob B) or right zone (knob E)of the passenger compartment. The tem-peratures set are shown on the displayD.

Turning the knob knurled rings fullyclockwise or counter-clockwise until theyreach the extreme selections HI or LO,the maximum heating or cooling func-tions are respectively engaged.

HI function (HIGH)(maximum heating power)

It is switched on by setting a tempera-ture of more than 32°C on the display,and can be switched on independentlyfrom the driver’s or passenger’s side,or both of them; this setting brings thesystem to the “one-zone” mode and itis shown by both displays.

This functions can be switched on whenyou wish to heat the passenger com-partment as quickly as possible, by tak-ing the greatest advantage from the sys-tem potential.

The function uses the maximum tem-perature of the heating fluid, whereasair distribution and fan speed are con-trolled automatically by the system.

SWITCHING THE CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEM ON

The system can be turned on by press-ing any button (except (,v andOFF); it is however advisable to set therequired temperatures on the displayand then to press the AUTO button.

The climate control system allows to per-sonalise required temperatures (driver andpassenger).

Alfawiki.nl

57

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

LO function (LOW)(highest cooling power)

It is switched on by setting a tempera-ture lower than 16°C on the display;this setting is shown on the display. Thisfunction can be switched on when youwish to cool the passenger compartmentas quickly as possible, by taking thegreatest advantage from the system po-tential.

The function cuts off air heating, switch-es on both internal air recirculation (toprevent hot air from entering the com-partment) and the climate control com-pressor, brings air distribution to ̄ /˙and the fan speed is controlled auto-matically by the system.

With the function switched on, howev-er, all the manual settings can be made.To switch the function off, you only needto turn the ring of knob B/E of the tem-perature set to a value greater than16°C; the opposite display will show16°C.

Pressing button AUTO, the display willshow a temperature of 16°C and re-turns to an operating condition with au-tomatic temperature adjustment.

This function should not be ac-tivated when the engine is cold,to prevent air not warm enoughfrom entering the passengercompartment.

With the function switched on, howev-er, all the manual settings can be made.To switch the function off, you only needto turn the ring of knob (B or E) of thetemperature set to a value lower than32°C; the opposite display will show32°C.

Pressing button AUTO, the display willshow a temperature of 32°C and re-turns to an operating condition with au-tomatic temperature adjustment.

Alfawiki.nl

58

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT

Press buttons +/– to increase or to de-crease the fan speed.

The fan speed is shown by the lit bars onthe display:

❒ min fan speed = one bar lit;

❒ max fan speed = 6 bars lit;

At starting, if climate control system isoperating in automatic mode, the fanspeed is kept at minimum until the en-gine has started.

With compressor on and engine running,the fan speed cannot fall below the min.speed.

The fan can be cut off (all bars off) on-ly if the climate control compressor hasbeen switched off by pressing button √.

To restore automatic fan speed controlafter a manual adjustment, press but-tons AUTO.

Will also go off if the system (speciallywhen compressor is turned off manual-ly) cannot reach or cannot keep the re-quired temperature.

It is inadvisable to useair recirculation on

rainy/cold days as it wouldconsiderably increase the pos-sibility of windows misting upinside.

WARNING

AUTOMATIC OPERATION(AUTO BUTTON)

Pressing button AUTO (front and rearcontrols) the displays will show AUTOand the system will automatically ad-just:

❒ fan speed;

❒ air distribution in passenger com-partment;

❒ air recirculation;

❒ compressor;

and it will cancel all the previous man-ual adjustments.

Wording AUTO will disappear from thedisplay of the involved area (driver orfront passenger side) when performingwhatever operation (excluding temper-ature change.

Alfawiki.nl

59

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

The MAX-DEF function activates the fol-lowing operations:

❒ rear panel turning off (for ver-sions/markets, where provided);

❒ air flow increase;

❒ air distribution at DEF;

❒ outside air intake;

❒ compressor activation;

❒ AQS function deactivation (whereprovided)

❒ rear window heating activation.

When the MAX-DEF function is on, theonly manual operations possible aremanual adjustment of the fan speed andswitching heated rear window off.

IMPORTANT If the engine is notwarm enough, the function will not en-gage the predefined fan speed imme-diately, to limit the flow to the passen-ger compartment of air that is not warmenough to demist the windows.

Pressing again one of the following but-tons:v,√, AUTO or - the systemswitches off the MAX-DEF function, re-suming the system operating conditionsprior to turning it on, in addition to ac-tivating the last function required, if any.

IMPORTANT Do not activate theMAX-DEF function with the engine off toprevent running down the battery.

QUICK FRONT WINDOWDEMISTING/DEFROSTING(MAX-DEF function)

Pressing button - the climate controlautomatically activates timed operationof all the functions required to quickendemisting/defrosting of the windscreenand front side windows and, on certainversions, windscreen demisting in thewindscreen wiper area.

The MAX-DEF can be turned on also withengine off. When this function is on thecircular led around the button will turnon.

Alfawiki.nl

60

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

CLIMATE CONTROL COMPRESSOR ON/OFF

Press button √ to turn the compressoron: when climate control compressor ison the circular led around the button willturn on. Compressor will stay on also af-ter turning the engine off.

To turn the compressor off press againbutton √.

With compressor off, the system willcheck whether outside temperature ishigher or lower/same as the set one:

❒ if outside temperature is lower thanthe set one, the system will oper-ate regularly also with compressoroff;

❒ if outside temperature is higher thanthe set one, the system will not beable to keep the required condition,the set temperature values will thenstart to flash on the display.

HEATED REAR WINDOWAND DOOR MIRRORDEMISTING/DEFROSTING

Press button ( to activate the demist-ing/defrosting function: when this func-tion is on, the circular led around the but-ton will turn on.

On certain versions, turning this functionon will also activate windscreen de-frosting in the windscreen wiper area.

This function is timed and switches offautomatically after few minutes, or bypressing again the button or by turningthe engine off. It will not be switchedon automatically when restarting the en-gine.

IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers onthe inside of the rear window over theheating filaments to avoid damage thatmight cause it to stop working properly.

Temperature detection (compressor offand outside temperature higher than settemperature) is activated each time theelectronic key is fitted into the ignitiondevice.

Operation of the cli-mate control compres-

sor is necessary for coolingand dehumidifying the air; it isadvisable to keep this functionalways on, to prevent windowmisting problems.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

61

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

AIR DISTRIBUTIONSELECTION

Pressing buttons A/S/D you canmanually choose one of the 7 possiblemodes for air distribution inside the com-partment:

DFlow of air to the dashboard centreand side outlets (passenger’s body).

SD Splitting of the air flow between the

vents to the lower part of the pas-senger compartment (warmest air)and the dashboard centre and sideoutlets (coolest air).

S Air flow towards the lower part of thepassenger compartment. This type ofdistribution allows heating of the pas-senger compartment in the shortesttime.

AS

Splitting of the air flow between windscreen and front side windowdemisting/defrosting vents and thelower part of the passenger com-partment. This type of air distribu-tion allows satisfactory heating ofthe passenger compartment whilepreventing possible misting of thewindows.

A Air flow to the windscreen and frontside window vents to demist or de-frost them.

AD

Splitting of the air flow between thecentral/side dashboard vents andwindscreen and side window defrost-ing/demisting vents. This type of airdistribution allows satisfactory venti-lation of the passenger compartmentwhile preventing possible misting ofthe windows.

ADSplitting of the air flow betweenall vents.S

To restore automatic air distribution con-trol after a manual selection, press but-ton AUTO.

AIR RECIRCULATION AND AQS FUNCTION (AIR QUALITY SYSTEM)ON/OFF (where provided)

Inside air recirculation is controlled ac-cording to the following operating log-ics:

❒ automatic control, indicated by but-ton led “A”;

❒ forced switching on (inside air recir-culation always on), indicated by theturning on of the circular led aroundthe button;

❒ forced switching off (air recirculationalways off with air inlet from the out-side), indicated by the turning off ofthe circular led around the button.

With A.Q.S. (Air Quality System - whereprovided), the operating logic is se-quential when pressing button v.

Alfawiki.nl

62

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IMPORTANT The inside air recircula-tion system makes it possible to reachthe required heating or cooling condi-tions faster. It is however inadvisable touse it on rainy/cold days as it wouldconsiderably increase the possibility ofthe windows misting inside, especiallyif the climate control compressor is off.It is advisable to turn on the inside airrecirculation system in queues or tunnelsto avoid admitting polluted air from out-side. The prolonged use of this functionshould however be avoided, especiallywith several persons on board, to avoidthe possibility of the windows mistinginside and to ensure air change.

In certain weather con-ditions (e.g. outsidetemperature around

0°C) and with automatic air re-circulation control on, mist mayform on the windows. In thiscase press button v toswitch off recirculation and ifnecessary press button + to in-crease the flow of air to thewindscreen.

With the outside tem-perature below -1°C theclimate control compres-

sor is unable to work. It istherefore inadvisable to use theinside air recirculation functionwith low outside temperatureas windows may mist overquickly.

Alfawiki.nl

63

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

ACTIVATED CARBON POLLEN FILTER

The car is fitted with activated carbonpollen filter. The filter has the specific ca-pability of admitting to the passengercompartment purified air, free from par-ticles such as dust, pollen, etc. The fil-tering action takes place under all air in-let conditions and it is clearly most ef-fective with the windows shut.

Have the conditions of the filter checkedby Alfa Romeo Authorized Services atleast once a year, preferably at the on-set of summer. If the car is used main-ly in polluted or dusty areas it should bechecked and if necessary replaced atshorter intervals than specified in theService Schedule (see section “CarMaintenance”).

AQS function (Air Quality System) (where provided)

The AQS function turns on automatical-ly air recirculation when it detects thepresence of polluted air (e.g. in queuesand tunnels).

IMPORTANT With AQS function on,after a preset time with recirculation on,the compressor will enable outside airinlet (for about 1 minute) to change airinside the passenger compartment, re-gardless of outside air pollution level.

IMPORTANT The AQS function is dis-abled when the outside temperature iscold to prevent window misting up. Toreactivate this function, press buttonv. Led “A” on button v willturn on to indicate that the function ison.

Failure to replace the fil-ter may considerably re-duce the effectiveness of

the climate control system up toblocking the air flow from theoutlets and vents.

Alfawiki.nl

64

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

SWITCHING THE CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEM OFF

Press OFF button. The circular led aroundthe button turns on, signalling the OFFstate.

With climate control system off:

❒ the system stores performed opera-tions;

❒ the display is off;

❒ air recirculation is active (button ledon);

❒ compressor is active;

❒ ventilation is off.

To turn the climate control system onagain press button AUTO or any otherbutton (excluding ( andv). Turn-ing the climate control system on again,air recirculation will be again controlledautomatically.

ADDITIONALHEATER (dieselversions only) (for versions/markets, where provided)

The car is fitted with an additional heaterthat supports the engine during cold orwinter weather to quickly reach a com-fortable temperature in the passengercompartment.

The additional heater works with the en-gine running when the outside temper-ature is below 20°C and the engine hasnot yet reached normal operating tem-perature.

After connecting/discon-necting the battery,wait for 3 minutes at

least before fitting the elec-tronic key into the ignition de-vice in order to allow the cli-mate control system control unitto reset the positions of theelectric actuators that adjust airtemperature and distribution.

Alfawiki.nl

65

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

EXTERNAL LIGHTS

LEFT-HAND STALK fig. 44

The left-hand stalk control almost all ex-ternal lights.

The external lights can only be switchedon with electronic key fitted into ignitiondevice.

Lights switched off

Knurled ring at O.

Sidelights

Turn the knurled ring A to6. The warn-ing light 3 on the instrument panelwill turn on.

Dipped beam headlamps

Turn the knurled ring A to2. The warn-ing light 2 on the instrument panel willturn on.

Main beam headlamps

When the knurled ring A is at 2 pullthe stalk towards the steering wheel (2nd

unstable position). The warning light1 on the instrument panel will turn on.

To turn the main beams off, pull againthe stalk towards the steering wheel (2nd

unstable position).

Flashing the headlights

Pull the stalk towards the steering wheel(1st unstable position) regardless of theposition of the knurled ring A. The warn-ing light 1 on the instrument panelwill turn on.

Direction indicators

Push the stalk to (stable) position:

❒ up: to turn the right-hand directionindicator on;

❒ down: to turn the left-hand direc-tion indicator on.

Warning light Î or¥will come on flash-ing on the instrument cluster at thesame time.

Indicators are switched off automatical-ly when the steering wheel is straight-ened.

If you want to show that you are aboutto change lane, move the left-hand stalkto unstable position. The required direc-tion indicator will flash 3 times and thenit will turn off automatically.

A0F0064mfig. 44

Alfawiki.nl

66

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

“FOLLOW ME HOME”DEVICE

This function allows the illumination ofthe space in front of the car for a pre-set period of time.

Activation

Pull the stalk towards the steering wheelwithin 2 minutes from when the engineis turned off.

At each single movement of the stalk,the staying on of the lights is extendedby 30 seconds up to a maximum of 3.5minutes; then the lights are switched offautomatically.

Each time the stalk is operated, the 3warning light turns on together with themessage on the display (see section“Warning lights and messages”).

Deactivation

Keep the stalk pulled towards the steer-ing wheel for more than 2 seconds.

AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHTSSENSOR (daylight sensor)(for versions/markets, where provided)

It detects the changes of the externallight intensity of the car according to thelight sensitivity set: the greater the sen-sitivity is, the smaller the amount of ex-ternal light necessary to control theswitching-on of the external headlightswill be.

The daylight sensor sensitivity can be ad-justed through the “Setup Menu” of thedisplay (see “Reconfigurable multifunc-tion display” in this section).

Activation

Turn the knurled ring A-fig. 44 to2A :in this way, the automatic activation ofthe side/taillights and dipped beamheadlights is simultaneously enabled ac-cording to outside brightness.

With lights switched on automaticallyand in the presence of a switching offcontrol by the sensor, the main beamswill be switched off first and a few sec-onds after also the sidelights.

Deactivation

As a result of the sensor control, thedipped beam headlights will switch offand, after a few seconds, sidelights willswitch off too. The sensor is not ableto detect the fog presence, lights shalltherefore be switched on manually.

Failure warnings

Headlight sensor failure is shown by adedicated message on the display (seesection “Warning lights and mes-sages”).

Alfawiki.nl

67

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Parking lights

These lights can be turned on, with in-strument panel off, by pressing buttonC. When pressing the button a warn-ing buzzer will sound and the instrumentpanel warning light 3 will turn on .

Press the button again to turn the lightsoff.

With parking lights on, move the exter-nal lights left-hand stalk upwards ordownwards to select on which side(right or left) the lights must stay on. Inthis event warning light 3 will turnoff.

Moving the left-hand stalk to middle po-sition will turn on the four parking lightsand the number plate light.

DASHBOARD BUTTONS fig. 45

Front fog lights

To turn front fog lights on, press buttonA; to activate these lights it is necessaryto have the side/taillights switched on.The instrument panel warning light 5will turn on. Press the button again or turnside/taillights off to turn the lights off.

Rear fog lights

To turn rear fog lights on, press buttonB. The instrument panel warning light 4will turn on. To turn the lights off, pressthe button again or turn dipped beamsor front fog lights off or turn the engineoff.

A0F0061mfig. 45

Hazard lights

These lights are turned on by pressingbutton A-fig. 46.

When these lights are on, the switchflashes and warning lights Î and ¥ onthe instrument panel will turn on at thesame time.

Press switch A again to turn the lightsoff.

Use of the hazardwarning lights is ruled

by the Highway Code of thecountry in which the car isused. Observe regulations.

WARNING

A0F0100mfig. 46

Alfawiki.nl

68

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WINDOW WASHING

RIGHT-HAND STALK

Right-hand stalk fig. 47 controls wind-screen washer/wiper and rear windowwasher/wiper operation.

With external lights on, activating thewindscreen washer will also activate theheadlight washer, if provided.

Windscreen washer/wiper

The stalk can be moved to five differentpositions:

0: windscreen wiper off;

1: intermittent.

With the stalk in position 1, turning theknurled ring A four possible intermittentspeeds are obtained:

■ = slow intermittent

■ = intermittent medium

■ = intermittent medium-fast

■ = fast intermittent

2: continuous slow

3: continuous fast

4: fast temporary (unstable position)

Operation in position 4 is limited to thetime the stalk is held in this position.When the stalk is released, it returnsto position 0 automatically stopping thewiper.

A0F0066mfig. 47

Never use the windowwiper to remove ice orsnow from the wind-

screen. In these conditions, thewiper is submitted to excessiveeffort that results in motor pro-tection cutting in and wiper op-eration inhibition for few secondsas a consequence. If operation isnot restored contact Alfa RomeoAuthorized Services.

Alfawiki.nl

69

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

The rain sensor is activated automatical-ly moving the right-hand stalk to position1-fig. 47 and it has a range of adjust-ment that gradually varies between wiperstationary (no wiping) when the wind-screen is dry, to wiper at second speed(continuous, medium) with heavy rain.

Turning the knurled ring A-fig. 47 itis possible to increase the sensitivity ofthe rain sensor, obtaining a quickerchange from stationary (no wiping)when the windscreen is dry, to first con-tinuous speed (continuous, slow). Thisaction is confirmed by one wipingstroke.

Operating the windscreen washer withthe rain sensor activated (stalk at posi-tion 1-fig. 47) the normal washingcycle is performed at the end of whichthe rain sensor resumes its normal au-tomatic function.

“Smart washing” function

Pulling the stalk towards the steeringwheel (unstable position) operates thewindscreen washer.

Keeping the stalk pulled with just onemovement it is possible to operate thewasher jet and the wiper at the sametime; the wiper actually comes into op-eration automatically when the stalk ispulled for more than half a second.

The wiper stops working 3 strokes afterreleasing the stalk; a further stroke af-ter about 6 seconds will complete thewiping operation.

RAIN SENSOR (for versions/markets, where provided)

The rain sensor A-fig. 48, located be-hind the driving mirror, is an electronic de-vice combined with the windscreen wiperwhich has the purpose of automaticallyadjusting the number of wipes during in-termittent operation, to intensity of therain. All the other functions controlled bythe right-hand stalk remain unchanged.

A0F0227mfig. 48

Alfawiki.nl

70

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR Rain sensor shall be de-

activated when washingthe car at automatic car-

wash.

Make sure the rain sen-sor is deactivated ifthere is ice on the wind-

screen.

Removing the electronic key from theignition device, the rain sensor is deac-tivated and the next time the engine isstarted it will not be reactivated even ifthe stalk has remained in position 1-fig. 47. In this case to activate the rainsensor, simply move the stalk to 0 or 2and then back to 1.

When the rain sensor is reactivated inthis way, the wiper performs one stroke,even if the windscreen is dry, to indicatethat reactivation has occurred.

IMPORTANT In the event of rain sen-sor failure, windscreen wiper operationwith right-hand stalk at 1-fig. 47 is in-termittent. If failure takes place duringautomatic operation, the system willkeep the last wiper operating condition.Moving the stalk to other positions, op-eration is however guaranteed.

The rain sensor is able to recognize andautomatically adjust itself in the pres-ence of the following particular condi-tions:

❒ impurities on the controlled surface(salt, dirt, etc.);

❒ difference between day and night.

Failure warnings

Sensor failure is indicated by a dedicat-ed message on the display (see section“Warning lights and messages”).

Alfawiki.nl

71

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

HEADLIGHT WASHERSfig. 49(for versions/markets, where provided)

Headlight washers are visible and are fit-ted with a nozzle for each external lightfunction. They come into operation au-tomatically when operating the wind-screen washer with external lightsturned on.

IMPORTANT Check at regular inter-vals correct operation and cleanness ofnozzles.

Make sure the device isoff when cleaning the

windscreen.

WARNINGA0F0046mfig. 49

Streaks of water couldcause non-required blademovements.

Rear window washer/wiper

Pulling the stalk towards the steeringwheel (unstable position) operates therear window washer and wiper. Releasethe stalk to stop operation.

Turning the knurled ring B-fig. 47 fromON/OFF to & obtains rear windowwiper intermittent operation.

Alfawiki.nl

72

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

CRUISE CONTROL (for versions/markets, where provided)

GENERAL

The speed regulator (CRUISE CON-TROL), with electronic control, makesit possible to drive the car at the requiredspeed, without pressing the acceleratorpedal. This reduces driving fatigue dur-ing long journeys (specially on high-ways) because the speed memorised isautomatically maintained.

IMPORTANT The device can only beengaged at speeds between 40 and190 km/h.

A0F0095mfig. 50

DEVICE ENGAGEMENT

Turn knurled ring A-fig. 50 toÜ.

The device cannot be engaged in firstspeed or reverse. It is recommended toengage it in 4th or higher speeds. Trav-elling downhill with the device engaged,the car speed may increase more thanthe memorised one.

When the device is activated the in-strument panel warning light Ü turnson (on certain versions together with amessage on the display) (see section“Warning lights and messages”).

TO MEMORISE SPEED

Proceed as follows:

❒ turn the knurled ring A-fig. 50toÜ and press the accelerator ped-al to the required speed;

❒ push the stalk upwards (+) or down-wards (–), then release it: car speedis memorised and it is therefore pos-sible to release the accelerator ped-al.

In the case of need (when overtakingfor instance) acceleration is possible sim-ply pressing the accelerator pedal: re-leasing the accelerator pedal, the car willreturn to the speed memorised previ-ously.

Alfawiki.nl

TO INCREASE THEMEMORISED SPEED

The speed memorised can be increasedin two ways:

❒ pressing the accelerator and thenmemorising the new speed reached;

or

❒ moving the stalk upwards (+).

Each operation of the stalk will corre-spond to a slight increase in speed(about 1.5 km/h), while keeping thestalk upwards will correspond to a con-tinuous speed increase.

TO REDUCE MEMORISEDSPEED

The speed memorised can be increasedin two ways:

❒ disengaging the device and thenmemorising the new speed;

or

❒ moving the stalk downwards (–) un-til reaching the new speed which willbe memorised automatically.

Each operation of the stalk will corre-spond to a slight decrease in speed(about 1.5 km/h), while keeping thestalk downwards will correspond to acontinuous speed decrease.

TO RESET THE MEMORISEDSPEED

If the device has been disengaged forexample pressing the brake or clutchpedal, the memorised speed can be re-set as follows:

❒ accelerate gradually until reaching aspeed approaching the one memo-rised;

❒ engage the gear selected at the timeof speed memorising (4th or high-er gear);

❒ press button RES (set at stalk end).

73

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Alfawiki.nl

Automatic Cruise Controldeactivation

The Cruise Control is temporarily deac-tivated when the ABS or VDC systemscome into operation (above a max. pre-set time): in this case the last set speedwill stay memorised, to recall it pressbutton RES.

In the event of Cruise Control or enginecontrol system failure, the device is de-activated until removing the electronickey from the ignition device. In thisevent contact Alfa Romeo AuthorizedServices.

The device is automatically deactivatedwhen operating accidentally or incor-rectly the stalk, the knurled ring A orbutton RES: in this event to reactivatethe device: bring the car to the requiredspeed and then move the stalk upwards(+) or downwards (–).

DEVICE DISENGAGEMENT

The device is disengaged in one of thefollowing cases:

❒ turning the knurled ring A-fig. 50to O;

❒ turning the engine off or removingthe electronic key from the ignitiondevice;

❒ pressing the brake pedal, pressingthe clutch pedal (in these cases thelast stored speed will stay memo-rised, to resume it press buttonRES);

❒ pressing the accelerator pedal; in thiscase the system is disengaged onlytemporarily; device operation will beresumed automatically when re-leasing the pedal;

❒ with car speed below the preset lim-it (in these cases the last storedspeed will stay memorised, to re-sume it press button RES);

74

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

In the event of devicemalfunction or failure,

turn the knurled ring A-fig. 50to O and contact Alfa RomeoAuthorized Services afterchecking the protection fuse in-tegrity.

WARNING

When travelling withthe device on, never

set the gearshift lever to neu-tral.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

75

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

CEILING LIGHTS

FRONT CEILING LIGHT fig. 51

Press button:

A: to turn on/off the left courtesy light;

B: to turn on/off the central light;

C: to turn on/off the right courtesylight.

Keeping pressed button B will turn offall ceiling lights. Turning off is also indi-cated by the sound of a buzzer. To turnthese lights on again press briefly but-ton B.

A0F0225mfig. 51

IMPORTANT Leaving inadvertently adoor open, the ceiling lights and the pud-dle lights will turn off automatically af-ter a few minutes. To turn them onagain, open another door or close andopen again the same door.

PUDDLE LIGHT

The door light A-fig. 52, turns onwhen opening the door regardless of theelectronic key position.

With the door open it will stay on forabout 3 minutes, then it turns off auto-matically.

A0F0075mfig. 52

Alfawiki.nl

76

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

In the following table are summarised the causes that make front/rear ceiling lights turn on/off and their turning on/offmode:

Cause

Opening one of the doors

Closing all the doors

Removing the electronic key from the ignition device

Locking the doors

Unlocking the doors

Cutting in of the fuel cut-off switch

Ceiling lights turning on/off mode

Light turning on for a few minutes. This timed operation will be reactivated each time a door is opened

With electronic key removed from ignition device: ceiling lights will stay on for other 10 seconds. This timed operation is stopped when refitting the electronic key into the ignition deviceStarting the engine: light will turn off

Light turning on for about 10 seconds

Light turning off

Light turning on for about 10 seconds

Light turning on for a few minutes. Reactivating the fuel cut-off switch will turn off the ceiling light.

In all the cases tabulated above, lights turning on/off is gradual, for 2 seconds.

Alfawiki.nl

77

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

CONTROLS

POWER SUPPLY AND FUELCUT-OFF SWITCHES

The car is fitted with a safety switch thatin the event of a crash comes into op-eration by cutting off fuel and turningoff the engine as a consequence.

Certain versions are equipped with anadditional safety switch that in the eventof a crash comes into operation by cut-ting off the power supply.

If, after a crash, yousmell fuel or see leaks

from the fuel system, do notreset the switches to avoidfire risk.

WARNINGThese two safety switches therefore pre-vent dangerous fuel leaks due to fuelline cracking, and sparks or electric dis-charges due to damaging or malfunc-tioning of the electric components of thecar in the event of a crash.

IMPORTANT After a crash, remem-ber to remove the key from the ignitiondevice to prevent battery run-down.

Alfawiki.nl

78

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

If central door lockinghas been activated

from inside the car and after acrash the fuel cut-off switchcannot activate automatic doorunlocking, it will not be pos-sible to get into the car. In anycase, door opening from theoutside depends on door con-ditions after the crash: if adoor is badly damaged it willbe impossible to open it. In thisevent try to open one of theother doors.

WARNINGDoor unlocking in the event ofa crash

In the event of a crash that triggers thefuel cut-off switch, the doors will unlockautomatically to enable getting into thecar and at the same time the passen-ger’s compartment light will turn on. Itis however always possible to open thedoors from the passenger’s compart-ment by means of the internal door han-dles. If, after a crash no fuel leaks ordamages to the electric devices (e.g.headlights) are found and the car canbe started again, reset the fuel cut-offswitch and the power supply cut-offswitch (for versions/markets, whereprovided). Follow the instructions givenbelow.

Resetting the fuel cut-offswitch

Before resetting the fu-el cut-off switch care-

fully inspect the car for fuelleaks or damages to electricdevices (e.g. headlights).

WARNING

To reset the fuel cut-off switch, press but-ton A-fig. 53.

A0F0221mfig. 53

Alfawiki.nl

79

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Resetting the power supplycut-off switch (for versions/markets, where provided)

The switch is located inside the fuse boxat battery positive terminal.

To reset the power supply cut-off switch,proceed as follows:

❒ press button A-fig. 53 to reset thefuel cut-off switch;

❒ open the bonnet;

A0F0126mfig. 54

Before resetting thepower supply cut-off

switch carefully inspect the carfor fuel leaks or damages toelectric devices (e.g. head-lights).

WARNING

A0F0071mfig. 55

❒ operate the retaining clips A-fig.54 and remove the protection cov-er B;

❒ press button C-fig. 55 to reset thepower supply.

Alfawiki.nl

80

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

INTERIOR FITTINGS

CENTRAL ARMREST

The central armrest is located betweenthe front seats. Inside the armrest ishoused an air-conditioned food box (forversions/markets, where provided)(see next paragraph).

A0F0141mfig. 57

Pay attention not tospill the drinks into thefood box.

A0F0039mfig. 56

Air-conditioned food box (for versions/markets, where provided)

The food box is located inside the cen-tral armrest. Turn wheel A-fig. 57 toadjust the air flow inside the food box.

IMPORTANT Function of the foodbox is to keep the temperature of thedrinks placed inside it; drinks shall bewarmed or cooled as required before be-ing put inside the food box.

Oddment compartment

To open the oddment compartment,press button A-fig. 56 and raise thecover B.

Alfawiki.nl

81

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

REAR ARMREST

To use the armrest A-fig. 58 lower itas shown in the figure.

A0F0139mfig. 58

Ski compartment

This compartment can be used for car-rying long loads.

To have access to this compartment,lower the armrest, pull the tab A-fig. 59 of the lid, then lower it onthe armrest.

A0F0142mfig. 59

GLOVE COMPARTMENT

To open the glove compartment use leverA-fig. 60. When opening the glovecompartment, the courtesy light inside itwill turn on. Leaving inadvertently openthe glove compartment, this light will turnoff automatically after a few minutes. Thefolding top is also provided with a recessfor a pen or a pencil.

A0F0149mfig. 60

Do not travel with theglove compartment open;it could harm the pas-

senger in the event of an acci-dent.

Alfawiki.nl

82

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

ASHTRAY AND CIGARLIGHTER

Ashtray

To use the ashtray, lift cover A-fig. 61.The ashtray can be removed. Pull it up-wards to removeit.

IMPORTANT Do not use the ashtrayas paper bin: it could set on fire on con-tact with cigarette stubs.

A0F0140mfig. 61

Cigar lighter

It is located inside the cigar lighter. Touse the cigar lighter, lift cover A-fig.61.

Press button B to switch on the cigarlighter with key fitted into ignition de-vice.

IMPORTANT Always check that thecigar lighter has turned off.

IMPORTANT The cigar lighter getsvery hot. Handle it with care and makesure that it is not used by children: dan-ger of fire and/or burns.

IMPORTANT Do not plug electric ac-cessories with power exceeding 100Wto the cigar lighter seat.

IMPORTANT Plugs too big coulddamage the cigar lighter outlet tabs.

Do not plug electric ac-cessories with absorp-tion exceeding the max.

specified value. Prolonged cur-rent absorption could drain thebattery and impair next enginestart up.

IMPORTANT To safeguard the light-ing life of certain internal devices (e.g.:cigar lighter ring and ashtray), whenswitching on the external lights, thesedevices will switch on according to thepassenger's compartment brightness:with enough daylight these devices willnot switch on. On the contrary they willswitch on with poor daylight.

Alfawiki.nl

83

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

ODDMENTSCOMPARTMENTS

Front

They are located on the central consolefig. 62 and on front doors fig. 63(one per door).

A0F0101mfig. 62

A0F0248mfig. 63

A0F0245mfig. 64

A0F0246mfig. 65

A0F0264mfig. 66

SUN VISORS

These are positioned to the sides of therear-view mirror. They can swing to thesides and up or down.

On certain versions, sun visors are fittedon the back with a courtesy mirror anda light which enables to use the mirroralso with poor sunlight.

To use the mirror open cover A-fig.66.

Mirror lights will turn on automaticallywhen lifting the cover and they will turnoff when lowering it or few minutes af-ter removing the electronic key from theignition device.

Rear

They are located on the central consolefig. 64 and near the rear seats fig.65.

Alfawiki.nl

84

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

FIXED PANORAMAROOF(for versions/markets, where provided)

It consists of a wide pane and it is fittedwith a powered sun curtain A-fig. 67sliding longitudinally.

SUN CURTAIN

The sun curtain shall be used to adjustbrightness inside the passenger com-partment and it can only be operatedwith key fitted into ignition device.

Opening/closing the suncurtain

To open the sun curtain press button B-fig. 68 set on the front ceiling light:the sun curtain will slide towards theback of the car. Sun curtain will openin 3 different "steps” to be obtained bypressing repeatedly button B-fig. 68.

Sun curtain can be re-closed by pressingbutton B again. Closing takes place inone “step”.

Anti-crushing safety system

The anti-crushing safety system is activeduring the closing operation of sun cur-tain. The anti-crushing safety system willcut in when it finds an obstacle (e.g.:finger, hand, etc …) by guaranteeingsun curtain reversal for a short section.

When an obstacle is found, the sun cur-tain stroke is stopped immediately andtheir stroke is reversed to the preset po-sition.

A0F0070mfig. 67 A0F0238mfig. 68

Alfawiki.nl

85

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

SUN CURTAININITIALISATIONPROCEDURE

Initialisation

After disconnecting the battery or failingthe protection fuse, the sun curtain sys-tem shall be "initialised" again; proceedas follows (the following steps shall becarried out with engine on):

❒ close the sun curtain completely:

– if the anti-crushing safety systemhas cut in;

– "force" closing by keeping pressedthe button in closing position;

– 10 seconds after the sun curtainwill close jerkily (during this stage,continue to keep the buttonpressed);

– when the sun curtain stops, re-lease the button and proceed asfollows;

❒ remove the key from the ignition de-vice for 10 seconds;

❒ refit the key and start the engine;

❒ press the sun curtain button in clos-ing position and keep it pressed un-til hearing the mechanical lock(about 10 seconds after);

❒ release the sun curtain button;

❒ press again the sun curtain button inCLOSING position within 3 seconds;

❒ keep the button pressed in this po-sition: the sun curtain will automat-ically open and close completely(keep on pressing the button duringthe WHOLE opening/closing cycle);

❒ then, release the button;

❒ initialisation ended.

Should the opening/closing cycle fail,repeat the initialisation operations fromthe beginning.

MAINTENANCE

Sun curtain slide guides shall be cleanedat regular intervals to remove any for-eign matters that could impair regularsliding.

IMPORTANT

Clean slide guides in order to removeany foreign matters and dust.

Should slide guides be cleaned with sol-vents/oil then, grease again slidingmechanisms, wires, cables and also thesliding components like the sun curtainslide runners.

To clean the sun curtains, use commonfabric cleaning products for car uphol-stery.

Alfawiki.nl

86

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

With this function active (ON) it is how-ever possible to unlock the door lock bepressing button q (fig. 69) set on thecentral console.

Door unlocking from theoutside

Press the electronic key button Ë or, fitand turn the metal insert (inside thekey) into the lock of the driver’s door.

DOORS

CENTRAL DOORLOCKING/UNLOCKINGSYSTEM

Door locking from the outsideWith the doors closed, press the elec-tronic key button Á or fit and turn themetal insert (inside the key) into thelock of the driver’s door. Central doorlocking can only be activated if all thedoors are closed. If one or more doorsare open after pressing the electronickey button Á the direction indicators andthe driver’s door led will flash fast forabout 3 seconds.

A0F0025mfig. 69

If one or more doors are open by turningthe metal insert of the electronic key, on-ly the driver’s door led will flash fast forabout 3 seconds. If the doors are closed but the tailgateis open, central locking is actuated: thedirection indicators (only for locking per-formed by pressing button Á) and thedriver’s door led will flash fast for about3 seconds.Using the “Setup Menu” (or the Ra-dionavigation System on certain ver-sions) of the car and pressing button Ëon the electronic key you will activatethe function for unlocking only the dri-ver’s door (see paragraph “Reconfig-urable multifunction display” in this sec-tion).

Alfawiki.nl

Buttonq will be deactivated by lockingthe doors by remote control, revolvingplug or automatic locking after about2.5 minutes and it will be reactivatedafter pressing the key button Ë turningthe key metal insert into the driver’sdoor lock or fitting the key into the ig-nition device.

IMPORTANT With centralised lockenabled, pull the internal opening leverof one of the doors in order to disablethe lock of all the doors. If there shouldbe no electrical supply (burnt fusem bat-tery disconnected, etc.) the door lcokcan be opened manually ; now beingthat the windows cannot be opened au-tomatically, in order to open or lock thedoor with the window closed, press onthe window towards the inside of thevehicle (refer to fig. 69a), in orderto allow the window to pass from themolding.

IMPORTANT After disconnecting thebattery or failing the protection fuse,door locking/unlocking mechanism shallbe “initialised” again, proceed as fol-lows:

❒ close all the doors;

❒ press remote control button Á or but-tonq on the central console;

❒ press remote control button Ë or but-tonq on the central console.

87

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Door locking/unlocking fromthe inside

Press button q (fig. 69) to lock/ un-lock all the doors.

The button has a round led showing thedoor condition (locked or unlocked).When doors are locked the button led ison: pressing the button again will obtaincentral unlocking of the doors and turn-ing off of the led. With key removed,the led will turn off 2 minutes after.

When doors are unlocked, the buttonled is off and pressing the button will ob-tain central locking of the doors. Doorlocking is activated only if all the doorsare perfectly closed.

Using the “Setup Menu” (or the Ra-dionavigation System on certain ver-sions) of the car it is possible to activateautomatic door locking when exceeding20 km/h (see paragraph “Reconfig-urable multifunction display” in this sec-tion).

A0F0110mfig. 69a

Alfawiki.nl

88

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IMPORTANT After switching the en-gine off, power windows will be activefor about 3 minutes and they will de-activate when opening a door.

IMPORTANT Power windows are pro-vided with “automatic continuous op-eration” device for opening and closingthe window. Just press briefly the upperor lower part of the button toopen/close the window automatically:press the button again (the upper or thelower part of the button, it doesn't mat-ter) to stop the window at the requiredheight.

IMPORTANT Keeping the door lock-ing/unlocking button on the remotecontrol pressed for about 2 seconds willobtain automatic window open-ing/closing. Keep the remote controlbutton pressed until opening/closing thewindow completely otherwise the win-dow will stop at the height it has whenyou release the button.

For all versions, after unlocking thedoors, keeping the remote control but-ton pressed for about 2 seconds will ob-tain window and sunroof (where pro-vided) opening.

POWER WINDOWS

Power windows are fitted with anti-crushing safety device. The electroniccontrol unit that conrols the system candetect the presence of an obstacle in thelast 20 cm of the window closing stroke.When an obstacle is detected, the safe-ty system will stop the window and re-verse its stroke.

IMPORTANT In the event the anti-crushing function is activated 5 times inonly 1 minute, the system will auto-matically enter the “recovery” mode(self-protection). To restore correct sys-tem operation, press the control button:the window will close jerkily till completeclosing. If no malfunction is present, thewindow returns to its normal operationautomatically; otherwise contact AlfaRomeo Authorized Services.

The system complieswith the forthcomingStandard 2000/4/ EC

concerning the safety of pas-sengers leaning out of the pas-senger compartment.

Alfawiki.nl

89

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARA0F0051mfig. 70

CONTROLS

Driver side

On the driver’s door panel are set thebuttons fig. 70 for controlling, withelectronic key fitted into the ignition de-vice:

A: left window opening/closing; win-dow opening or closing in “automaticcontinuous” mode;

B: right window opening/closing; win-dow opening or closing in “automaticcontinuous” mode;

IMPORTANT Window automatismshall be restored after replacing or dis-connecting the battery or after replacingthe power window control unit protec-tion fuses.

Restoring procedure shall be performedwith doors closed as follows:

1. open the driver’s window complete-ly and then keep the buttonpressed for at least 3 seconds af-ter opening the window;

2. close the driver’s window complete-ly and then keep the buttonpressed for at least 3 seconds af-ter closing the window;

3. repeat operations described at points1 and 2 on the passenger’s window;

4. operate the windows to check forproper intialisation.

Press buttons A or B to open/close therequired window.

Pressing briefly one of the buttons thewindow “jerks” whereas a prolongedpressing makes the window opening orclosing in “automatic continuous” mode.Pressing button A or B again will stop thewindow in the required position.

Alfawiki.nl

90

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

BOOT

Boot unlocking is electric and it is dis-abled when the car is running.

Using the “Setup Menu” (or the Ra-dionavigation System on certain ver-sions) boot opening can be set by se-lecting the option “Indep. boot” (seeparagraph “Reconfigurable multifunctiondisplay” in this section): the boot canonly be opened by pressing the elec-tronic key button `.

Improper boot closing is indicated bysymbolR and a message on the dis-play (see section “Warning lights andmessages”).

A0F0271mfig. 71

When unlocked, the boot can beopened from outside the vehicle press-ing the electric logo (fig. 71) until itsnaps unlocked.

Tailgate raising is facilitated by the sidegas shock springs.

Opening the boot its internal light willturn on and it will go off automaticallywhen re-closing the tailgate. Leaving thetailgate inadvertently open, the light willturn off automatically after a few min-utes.

Improper use of thepower windows can bedangerous. Before and

during its operation ensure thatany passengers are not at riskfrom the moving glass either bypersonal objects getting caughtin the mechanism or by being in-jured by it directly. Always re-move the ignition key when get-ting out of the car to prevent thepower windows being operatedaccidentally and constituting adanger to the passengers in thecar.

Passenger’s door

The passenger's door is provided with thebutton for opening/closing manual-ly/automatically the passenger's win-dow.

Alfawiki.nl

91

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

EMERGENCY OPENING OFTHE BOOT FROM INSIDE

To open the tailgate from the inside ifthe battery is flat or the electric tailgatelock is failing, proceed as follows:

❒ tilt the rear seats as described inparagraph “Extending the boot” inthis section;

❒ remove rear head restraints;

❒ working inside the boot, remove cov-er A-fig. 72 and then operatelever B-fig. 73.

IMPORTANT After disconnecting thebattery or failing the protection fuse, tail-gate locking/unlocking mechanism shallbe “initialised” again, proceed as fol-lows:

❒ close all the doors and the tailgate;

❒ press remote control button Á or but-tonq on the central console;

❒ press remote control button Ë or but-tonq on the central console.

A0F0250mfig. 72

OPENING BY REMOTECONTROL

Press the electronic key button `.Opening is indicated by double flashingof direction indicators.

Opening the boot with alarm on (for ver-sions/markets, where provided), willdeactivate:

❒ volumetric protection;

❒ anti-raising protection;

❒ tailgate monitoring sensor.

Re-closing the tailgate will restore all theabove functions and direction indicatorswill turn on for about 1 second.

A0F0251mfig. 73

Alfawiki.nl

92

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

BOOT CLOSING

Lower the boot pressing the lock untilhearing the locking click.

IMPORTANT Before closing the boot,check whether you have with you theignition key since the tailgate will belocked automatically.

The addition of objects(speakers, spoilers, etc.)on the rear shelf or boot

lid, except those envisaged bythe manufacturer, may preventthe gas filled struts at the sidesof the boot from working prop-erly.

When using the boot,make sure the loads do

not exceed the permittedweight (see “Technical specifi-cations” chapter). Also makesure the items in the boot arearranged properly to preventthem being thrown forwardsand injuring passengers shouldyou brake sharply.

WARNING

Never travel with ob-jects on the rear shelf

to prevent them being thrownforwards and injuring passen-gers in case of accident orsharp braking.

WARNING

EXTENDING THE BOOT

The double rear seat enables to extendthe boot totally or partially by splittingone of the two seat section, thus ob-taining different loading spaces accord-ing to the number of rear passengers.

When driving at nightwith heavy loads in the

boot, check and adjust, if re-quired, the low beams height(see paragraph “Headlights”in this section).

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

93

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Total extension

Proceed as follows:

❒ move seat belts aside; check that theseat belt is not twisted;

❒ lower completely the rear seat headrestraints;

❒ raise backrest retaining levers A-fig. 76 and tilt the backrests for-ward in order to obtain a single load-ing surface fig. 77 (when raisinglever A the “red band” B will ap-pear).

Removing the rear parcel shelf

Proceed as follows:

❒ release both rod ends A-fig. 74supporting the rear parcel shelf B byremoving the eyelets C from pins D;

❒ release the pins E-fig. 75 set out-side the shelf from their seats F onside supports, then remove the rearparcel shelf.

A0F0243mfig. 74 A0F0244mfig. 75

A0F0085mfig. 76

A0F0253mfig. 77

Alfawiki.nl

94

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Partial extension

Proceed as follows:❒ move seat belt aside; check that the

seat belt is not twisted;❒ lower completely the rear seat head

restraint;❒ raise backrest retaining lever A-

fig. 76 and tilt the backrest for-ward (when raising lever A the “redband” B will appear).

Make sure the backrestis properly secured at

both sides (“red bands” B-fig.76 not visible) to prevent itmoves forward in the event ofsharp braking causing injuriesto passengers.

WARNING

ANCHORING THE LOAD

The boot houses 4 hooks for anchoringropes in order to guarantee perfect loadanchoring.

On certain versions, hooks B-fig. 78can be located on the boot sides.

A0F0131mfig. 78

A heavy load that hasnot been secured may

cause serious harm.

WARNING

To return the rear seat back to its original position

Move aside the seat belts, check thatthey are not twisted.

Raise the seat backrests and push themback until hearing the locking click ofboth retainers; the “red band” B asidethe levers A shall no longer be visible.The “red band” B actually indicates thatthe backrest is not properly secured.

Alfawiki.nl

95

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

If you want to carryreserve fuel in a can,

follow law regulations, onlyusing a certified can, suitablyfastened to the load securingeyelets. Even in this way therisk of fire is increased in thecase of an accident.

WARNING

LUGGAGE COVER (for versions/markets, where provided)

The luggage cover shall be used toarrange luggage and/or to carry lightobjects.

The cover shall be secured to the twohooks (one per side) A-fig. 79 locat-ed in the boot.

A0F00010mfig. 79

CARGO BOX (for versions/markets, where provided)

It is a special box fig. 80, to be usedto house objects in the boot, that en-ables to obtain a level loading surface.

A0F0007mfig. 80

Alfawiki.nl

96

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

BONNET

TO OPEN THE BONNET

Proceed as follows:

❒ pull lever A-fig. 81 until hearingthe releasing click;

❒ keep the lever B-fig. 82 pulledand raise the bonnet

IMPORTANT Bonnet raising is aid-ed by two gas springs. Do not tamperwith these springs and guide the bonnetwhile raising it.

IMPORTANT Before opening the bon-net, check that windscreen wiper armsare not lifted from the windscreen or thewiper is working.

A0F0122mfig. 81

A0F0158mfig. 82

Improper bonnet closing is indicated bysymbolS and a message on the dis-play (see section “Warning lights andmessages”).

IMPORTANT Always check that thebonnet is closed properly to avoid itsopening while the car is travelling.

Carry out operationsonly when the car is

stationary.

WARNING

For safety reasons thebonnet must be closed

properly to avoid its openingwhile the car is travelling.Therefore, always check it isproperly closed and the catchengaged. Should you noticethat the catch is not perfectlyengaged when travelling, stopthe car immediately and closethe bonnet.

WARNING

TO CLOSE THE BONNET

Lower the bonnet at approx. 20 cen-timetres from the engine compartmentand then let it drop, ensuring that it isfully closed and not just held in positionby the safety catch. If the bonnet doesnot close properly, do not push it downbut open it again and repeat the aboveprocedure.

Alfawiki.nl

97

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

ROOF RACK/SKI RACK

Certain versions can be preset for in-stalling suitable roof racks/ski racks.

Preset hooks are located on the rearspoiler A-fig. 83 at rearscreen wiperblade level B.

A0F0097mfig. 83

HEADLIGHTS

ADJUSTING THE HEADLIGHT BEAM

Proper adjustment of the headlightbeams is of vital importance for yoursafety and comfort and also for the oth-er road users. To ensure you and otherdrivers have the best visibility conditionswhen travelling with the headlights on,the headlights must be set properly. Con-tact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services tohave the headlights properly adjusted.

Distribute the load even-ly and when driving, bearin mind the increased

sensitivity to side wind.

IMPORTANT After few kilometers,check that fastening screws are firmlytightened.

IMPORTANT Never exceed the max.permissible loads (see ”Technical spec-ifications” section).

Alfawiki.nl

98

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

HEADLIGHT AIMING DEVICE

It works with the key fitted into the ig-nition device and dipped beams on.

When the car is loaded, it slopes back-wards. This means that the headlightbeam rises. In this case, it is necessaryto return it to the correct position.

In this event, to adjust the headlightslant use control A-fig. 83a set on thebutton control panel near the steeringwheel.

If the car is fitted with bixenon head-lights, headlight aiming is electronic andtherefore control A is not present.

Control has four positions correspondingto the loads given below:

❒ position 0 - load: driver / driver +front passenger;

❒ position 1 - load: driver + 3 pas-sengers / driver + 3 passengers +load in the boot (65 kg for 2.2 ver-sion / 50 kg for 3.2 version);

❒ position 2 - load: driver + load in theboot (290 kg for 2.2 version / 275kg for 3.2 version);

❒ position 3 - not to be used.

IMPORTANT Check headlight slanteach time the transported load changes.

FRONT FOG LIGHTADJUSTMENT

Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Servicesto have the headlights correctly adjust-ed.

A0F0226mfig. 83a

HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENTABROAD

The dipped beam headlights are adjust-ed for circulation in the country in whichthe car is marketed. In countries withopposite circulation, to avoid glaring on-coming vehicles, proceed as follows:

❒ remove headlight cover (see para-graph “Dipped beam headlights” insection “In an emergency”);

❒ move lever A-fig. 84 aside.

A0F0050mfig. 84

Alfawiki.nl

99

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

ABS SYSTEM

The car is fitted with ABS braking sys-tem, which prevents the wheels fromlocking when braking, makes the mostof road grip and gives the best controlwhen emergency braking under difficultroad conditions.

System is completed by EBD (Electron-ic Braking Force Distribution), which dis-tributes the braking action between frontand rear wheels.

IMPORTANT To have the maximumefficiency of the braking system, it isnecessary a setting period of about 500km: during this period it is better toavoid sharp, repeated and prolongedbrakes.

ABS SYSTEMINTERVENTION

The driver can tell the ABS system hascome into action because the brake ped-al pulsates slightly and the system getsnoisier: it means that the car speedshould be altered to fit the type of roadsurface.

If the ABS system cutsin, it is a sign that the

grip between tyre and theroad surface has reached thelimit: you must slow down tomatch the speed to the roadgrip available.

WARNING

The ABS exploits thetyre-road grip at the

best, but it cannot improve it;you should therefore takeevery care when driving onslippery surfaces without tak-ing unnecessary risks.

WARNING

When the ABS cuts in,and you feel the brake

pedal pulsating, do not re-move your foot, but keep itpressed; in doing so you willstop in the shortest amount ofspace possible under the cur-rent road conditions.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

100

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

BRAKE ASSIST (emergency brakingassistance)

The system, which cannot be cut out,recognizes emergency braking (on theground of the brake pedal operationspeed) and considerably increases thepressure in the brake circuit.

Brake Assist is deactivated on the ver-sions equipped with VDC system in theevent of VDC system failure, indicatedby the turning on of warning light á onthe instrument panel (together with amessage on the display).

FAILURE WARNING LIGHTS

ABS failure

ABS failure is indicated by the turningon of warning light > on the instru-ment panel (together with a messageon the display) (see section “Warninglights and messages”). In this case thebraking system is still efficient, thoughwithout the aid of the ABS system.

Drive carefully to the closest Alfa RomeoAuthorized Services to have the systemchecked.

EBD failure

EBD failure is indicated by the turningon of warning lights > +x on the in-strument panel (together with a mes-sage on the display) (see section“Warning lights and messages”).

In this case with sharp braking the rearwheels might lock too early, with thepossibility of skidding. Drive extremelycarefully to the closest Alfa Romeo Au-thorized Services to have the systemchecked.

VDC SYSTEM(Vehicle DynamicsControl)

The VDC system is an electronic systemcontrolling the car stability in the eventof tyre grip loss.

The VDC system is therefore particular-ly useful when grip conditions of theroad surfaces changes.

VDC SYSTEMINTERVENTION

It is indicated by the blinking of thewarning light á on the instrument pan-el, to inform the driver that the car isin critical stability and grip conditions.

Alfawiki.nl

101

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

TURNING THE VDC SYSTEMON/OFF

The VDC system is automatically acti-vated when the engine is started. Whentravelling, to turn the VDC off press theASR/ VDC button on the central consolefor 2 seconds fig. 85. Turning off theVDC will also turn off the ASR. Both func-tions can be reactivated by pressing theASR/VDC button.

VDC system deactivation is indicatedby the dedicated message on the dis-play.

If the VDC has been turned off whentravelling, at next engine start-up it willturn on again automatically.

A0F0026mfig. 85

Performance of theVDC system, in terms

of active safety should not in-duce the driver to take point-less and unnecessary risks.The style of driving must inany case always be adapted tothe conditions of the road sur-face, visibility an traffic. Roadsafety is always the driver’sresponsibility.

WARNING

During the use of thespace-saver spare wheel

(for versions/markets, whereprovided), the VDC systemcarries on working. However,you must remind that thespace-saver spare wheel hasdimensions smaller than thestandard tyre and therefore itsgrip is reduced as to the oth-er car tyres.

WARNING

For correct operation ofthe VDC system, the

tyres must absolutely be ofthe same brand and type on allwheels, in perfect conditionsand, above all, of type, brandand size specified.

WARNING

FAILURE WARNING LIGHTS

In the event of failure, the VDC systemis automatically disconnected and thewarning light á comes on with fixedlight on the instrument panel (togetherwith a message on the display) (see sec-tion “Warning lights and messages”). Inthis case contact Alfa Romeo AuthorizedServices as soon as possible.

Alfawiki.nl

102

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

HILL HOLDER SYSTEM

This system is an integral part of the VDCsystem and it is provided to facilitatestarting on slopes:

❒ uphill: car at a standstill on a roadwith a gradient higher than 6%, en-gine running, clutch and brake ped-al depressed, gearbox to neutral orengaged gear other than reverse;

❒ downhill: car at a standstill on a roadwith a gradient higher than 6%, en-gine running, clutch and brake ped-al depressed and reverse gear en-gaged.

At pickup the VDC system control unitwill keep brake force on wheels untilreaching the torque suitable for starting,or in any case for about 1 second in or-der to pass easily from the brake pedalto the accelerator pedal.

This time elapsing without starting, thesystem will deactivate automatically byreleasing gradually the brake force.

At releasing, the typical brake disen-gagement noise indicating that the caris going to move will be heard.

Failure warnings

System failure is indicated by the dedi-cated message on the display (see sec-tion “Warning lights and messages”).

IMPORTANT The Hill Holder systemis not a parking brake. Never get outof the car without engaging the hand-brake, switching the engine off and en-gaging the first gear.

ASR SYSTEM (AntiSlip Regulation)

This system is an integral part of the VDCsystem, it controls car drive and cuts inautomatically every time one or both dri-ving wheels slip.

According to slipping conditions, two dif-ferent control systems are activated:

❒ if slipping involves both drivingwheels, the ASR function intervenesreducing the power transmitted bythe engine;

❒ if slipping involves only one drivingwheel, the ASR system cuts in au-tomatically braking the wheel that isslipping.

The action of the ASR is particularly help-ful in the following circumstances:

❒ slipping of the inner wheel due tothe effect of dynamic load changesor excessive acceleration;

❒ too much power transmitted to thewheels also in relation to the condi-tions of the road surface;

Alfawiki.nl

103

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

❒ acceleration on slippery, snowy orfrozen surfaces;

❒ in the case of loss of grip on a wetsurface (aquaplaning).

The performance of thesystem, in terms of ac-

tive safety should not inducethe driver to take pointlessand unnecessary risks. Thestyle of driving must in anycase always be adapted to theconditions of the road surface,visibility an traffic. Road safe-ty is always the driver’s re-sponsibility.

WARNING

Switching the ASR system on/off

The ASR system switches on automati-cally each time the instrument panel isturned on.

When travelling the ASR can beswitched off by pressing briefly theASR/VDC button on the central console.

When the ASR is switched off this isshown by the lighting up of theASR/VDC button led and by symbol Von the display.

If the ASR is switched off when travel-ling, it will turn on again automaticallythe next time the engine is started.

When travelling on snowy roads withsnow chains, it may be helpful to turnthe ASR off: in fact, in these conditions,slipping of the driving wheels when mov-ing off makes it possible to obtain bet-ter drive.

Failure warnings

In the event of malfunctioning, the ASRsystem is automatically disconnectedand symbol Vwill be displayed. In thiscase contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-vices as soon as possible.

For correct operation ofthe ASR system, all

tyres must absolutely be ofthe same brand, size and type,in normal conditions of use andat the pressure values speci-fied in paragraph “Wheels” insection “Technical Specifica-tions”).

WARNING

MSR system (engine brakingtorque control)

It is an integral part of the ASR systemthat in case of sudden gear shifting, cutsin providing torque to the engine thuspreventing excessive driving wheel dri-ve that, specially in poor grip conditions,can lead to loss of stability.

Alfawiki.nl

104

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

SOUND SYSTEM

The car is fitted with sound system withCD or MP3 CD player (for versions/markets, where provided). As concernssound system operation, refer to theSupplement attached to this OwnerHandbook.

EOBD SYSTEM (for versions/markets, where provided)

The EOBD system (European On BoardDiagnosis) allows continuous diagnosisof the components of the car correlat-ed with emissions.

It also alerts the driver, by turning on thewarning light U on the instrument pan-el (together with the message on thedisplay) (see section “Warning lightsand messages”), when these compo-nents are no longer in peak conditions.

The objective is:

❒ to keep system efficiency under con-trol;

❒ to warn when a fault causes emis-sion levels to increase;

❒ to warn of the need to replace de-teriorated components.

The system also has a diagnostic con-nector that can be interfaced with ap-propriate tools, which makes it possibleto read the error codes stored in the con-trol unit, together with a series of spe-cific parameters for engine operationand diagnosis. This check can also becarried out by the traffic police.

If when fitting the keyinto the ignition device,the warning light U

does not turn on or if, whiletravelling it turns on glowingsteadily or flashing, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Servicesas soon as possible. Warninglight U operation can bechecked by means of specialequipment by traffic agents. Always comply with the trafficregulations in force in the coun-try where you are travelling.

IMPORTANT After eliminating theinconvenience, to check the systemcompletely, Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-vices are obliged to run a bench testand, if necessary, road tests which mayalso call for a long journey.

Alfawiki.nl

105

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

RADIO TRANSMITTERS ANDCELLULAR TELEPHONES

Radio transceiver equipment (vehiclemobile phones, CB radios, amateur ra-dio and similar equipment) shall not beused inside the car unless a separate aer-ial is mounted on the roof.

IMPORTANT The use of mobilephones, HAM radio systems or othersimilar devices inside the passengercompartment (without separate aerial)may cause electronic systems equippingthe car to malfunction. This could com-promise safety in addition to constitut-ing a potential hazard for the passen-gers.

In addition, transmission and receptionof these devices may be affected by theshielding effect of the car body.

As concerns the use of mobile phones(GSM, GPRS, UMTS) with homologa-tion , keep strictly to the mobilephone manufacturer’s specifications.

ACCESSORIESPURCHASEDBY THE OWNER If after buying the car, you decide to in-stall electrical accessories that require apermanent electric supply (alarm, satel-lite antitheft system, etc.) or accessoriesthat in any case burden the electric sup-ply, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-vices, whose qualified personnel, besidessuggesting the most suitable devices be-longing to Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo, willalso evaluate the overall electric absorp-tion, checking whether the car’s electricsystem is able to withstand the load re-quired, or whether it needs to be inte-grated with a more powerful battery.

Take care when fittingadditional spoilers, al-

loy rims and non-standardwheel caps: they might reduceventilation of the brakes, thustheir efficiency, during abruptand repeated braking, or longdownhill slopes. Make surethat nothing (mats, etc.) getsin the way of the pedals whenthey are pushed down.

WARNING

INSTALLATION OFELECTRIC/ELECTRONICDEVICESElectric/electronic devices installed af-ter buying the car or in aftermarket shallbear the and marking:

Fiat Auto S.p.A. authorizes the installa-tion of transceivers provided that instal-lation is carried out at a specializedshop, workmanlike performed and incompliance with manufacturer’s speci-fications.

IMPORTANT Installation of devicesresulting in modifications of car charac-teristics may cause driving license seiz-ing by traffic agents and also the lapseof the warranty as concerns defects dueto the abovementioned modification ortraceable back to it directly or indirectly.

Fiat Auto S.p.A. declines all responsibil-ity for damages caused by the installa-tion of non-genuine accessories or notrecommended by Fiat Auto S.p.A. andinstalled not in compliance with the spec-ified requirements.

Alfawiki.nl

106

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

PARKING SENSORS(for versions/markets, where provided)

Parking sensors inform the driver aboutthe presence of obstacles behind the car.

This system is therefore an aid for thedriver when parking the car since it de-tects obstacles out of the driver’s sightrange.

The presence and the distance from thecar of an obstacle is indicated by a warn-ing buzzer - as the distance from the ob-stacle decreases, the acoustic alarm be-comes more frequent.

Parking manoeuvreshowever are always

under the driver’s responsibil-ity that shall always check theabsence of people (speciallychildren) or animals in the ma-noeuvre space. This system isjust a help for the driver butshe/he shall never reduce at-tention during dangerous ma-noeuvres even if performed atlow speed.

WARNINGACTIVATION

Sensors are activated automatically,with electronic key fitted into the igni-tion device, when the reverse gear is en-gaged.

Sensors will deactivate when exceeding18 km/h.

When sensors are on, rear indicators willsound warning signals as soon as an ob-stacle is detected: as the distance fromthe obstacle decreases, the acousticalarm becomes more frequent.

When the distance between the car andthe obstacle is less than 30 cm, theacoustic alarm becomes continuous.

The acoustic alarm will stop immediatelyas distance raises. The acoustic alarm isconstant if the distance measured bycentral sensors is unvaried, whereas ifthis situation takes place for side sen-sors the acoustic alarm is muted afterabout 3 seconds to prevent sound indi-cations when performing manoeuvresnear walls.

Alfawiki.nl

107

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

SENSORS

Obstacles are detected by 4 sensors lo-cated in the rear bumper fig. 86.

A0F0232mfig. 86

BUZZER

The presence of any obstacle and its dis-tance from the car is indicated by thebuzzers installed in the rear area of thepassenger compartment.

SENSOR DETECTION RANGE

Sensors enable the system to monitorhe rear part of the car.

Actually their position covers the centraland side areas of the rear part of the car.

An obstacle positioned at central area isdetected at a distance less than approx.1.40 m.

An obstacle positioned at side area is de-tected at a distance less than 0.6 m.

For proper operation,the parking sensors shallalways be clean from

mud, dirt, snow or ice. Whencleaning the sensors, take theutmost care to prevent theirdamaging; do not use thereforedry or rough clothes. Sensorsshall be washed with clean wa-ter and car detergent, if re-quired. In washing stations,clean sensors quickly keepingthe vapour jet/high pressurewashing nozzles at 10 cm atleast from the sensors.

Repainting the bumpersor touch-up in the sen-sor area, if required,

shall be carried out at AlfaRomeo Authorized Services on-ly. Incorrect repainting may im-pair regular operation of theparking sensors.

Alfawiki.nl

108

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

If a failure is indicated, stop the car, turnthe engine off and then clean the sen-sors. Make sure to be far from possibleultrasound sources (e.g.: truck pneu-matic brakes or pneumatic hammers).

If failure cause has been eliminated thesystem will resume regular operationand message + symbol on the displaywill turn off.

If the warning light stays on, contact Al-fa Romeo Authorized Services to havethe system inspected, although the sys-tem keeps on working. If the failure de-tected does not impair system operation,the system keeps on working and fail-ure is stored in order to be then detect-ed by Alfa Romeo Authorized Servicesat next inspection.

GENERAL WARNINGS

When parking, take the utmost care toobstacles that may be set above or un-der the sensors. Objects set close to thecar, under certain circumstances are notdetected and could therefore cause dam-ages to the car or be damaged.

Indications sent by the sensors can bealtered by dirt, snow or ice deposited onthe sensors or by ultrasound systems(e.g.: truck pneumatic brakes or pneu-matic hammers) set nearby the car.

TOWING TRAILERS

Sensors are reactivated automaticallywhen removing the trailer cable plug.

FAILURE INDICATIONS

The system control unit checks everysystem component each time the key isfitted into the ignition device. Sensorsand relevant electrical connections arethen constantly monitored during sys-tem operation.

Sensor failure is indicated by message+ symbol on the display (see section“Warning lights and messages”).

Sensors operation is de-activated automaticallywhen the trailer electric

cable plug is fitted into the cartow hook socket.

Alfawiki.nl

109

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM -T.P.M.S. (where provided) (for versions/markets, where provided)

The car can be equipped with theT.P.M.S. (Tyre Pressure Monitoring Sys-tem). This system consists of a radio-fre-quency sensor, installed on each wheel(on the rim inside the tyre) that sendspressure information to the control unit.

IMPORTANT NOTES

Failure indications will not be stored andtherefore will not be displayed whenturning the engine off and on again. Iffailure persists, the control unit will sendwarning indications to the instrumentpanel only after a few seconds when thecar is moving.

Tyre pressure should be checked withtyres cold. Should it become necessaryfor whatever reason to check pressurewith hot tyres, do not reduce pressurealthough it is higher than the prescribedvalue but repeat the check when tyresare cold (see section “Wheels” in sec-tion “Technical Specifications”).

T.P.M.S. cannot indicate sudden tyrepressure drops (e.g.: tyre burst). In thisevent, brake the car cautiously andavoid sudden steering.

The T.P.M.S. system requires specialequipment. Consult Alfa Romeo Autho-rized Services to know what type of ac-cessories are compatible with the sys-tem (wheels, wheel caps, etc.). Usingother accessories could cause systemmalfunctioning. Due to inflation valvespecial characteristics, use only tyre re-pair sealants approved by Alfa Romeo;other sealants could cause system mal-functioning.

The T.P.M.S. does notexempt the driver from

checking tyre pressure, includ-ing the space-saver sparewheel (for versions/markets,where provided) at regular in-tervals.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

110

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

If the car is fitted with T.P.M.S. system,when changing a tyre, change also therubber seal of the valve and the fas-tening ring of the sensor. Contact AlfaRomeo Authorized Services.

Strong radio-frequency disturbancescould inhibit proper TPMS system oper-ation. This condition is indicated by adedicated massage on the display. Thisindication will go off automatically assoon as the radio-frequency disturbanceceases.

If after repairing a punctured tyre withthe Fix&Go automatic kit and restoringthe initial conditions the flat tyre warn-ing light continues to stay on, contactAlfa Romeo Authorized Services.

Tyre pressure could change according tooutside temperature. For this reason theT.P.M.S. system could temporarily indi-cate low tyre pressure. In this eventcheck pressure with cold tyres and re-store proper inflation values if required.

If the car is fitted with T.P.M.S. system,tyre and/or rim removal and refittingoperations involve special precautions;to prevent damages or wrong sensor re-fitting, contact Alfa Romeo AuthorizedServices to have tyre and/or rimchanged.

Alfawiki.nl

111

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

In order to use the system properly, refer to the following table when you have to change wheels/tyres:

Failure Indication

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

Alfa Romeo Authorized Services operation

Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services

Repair damaged wheel

Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services

–

–

–

Sensor presence

–

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

(*) Given as an alternative on the owner's manual and to be found in Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo.

(**) Not crossed (tyres shall remain on the same side).

Operation

–

Wheel change with space-saver spare wheel

Wheel change with snow tyres

Wheel change with snow tyres

Wheel change with others of different

size (*)

Wheel cross switching (front/rear) (**)

Alfawiki.nl

112

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

DIESEL ENGINES

If the outside temperature is very low,the diesel thickens due to the formationof paraffin and could clog the diesel fu-el filter.

In order to avoid these problems, dif-ferent types of diesel are distributed ac-cording to the season: summer type,winter type arctic type (mountains/coldareas).

If refuelling with diesel fuel not suitablefor the current temperature, mix dieselfuel with TUTELA DIESEL ART ad-ditive in the proportions stated on thecan, putting first the antifreeze in thetank and then the diesel fuel.

If driving or parking the vehicle for a longperiod in cold areas/mountains, refuelwith the diesel fuel available at local fill-ing stations. In this situation you are al-so recommended to have in the tank anamount of fuel 50% higher than usablecapacity.

AT THE FILLINGSTATION

PETROL ENGINES

Use only unleaded petrol. To prevent er-rors, the diameter of the fuel tank filleris too small to introduce a lead petrolpump filler. Use petrol with a rated oc-tane number (R.O.N.) not lower than95.

IMPORTANT An inefficient catalystleads to harmful exhaust emissions, thuscontributing to air pollution.

IMPORTANT Never use leadedpetrol, even in small amount or in anemergency, as this would damage thecatalyst beyond repair.

The car must only befilled with diesel fuel formotor vehicles, in com-

pliance with European StandardEN590. The use of other prod-ucts or mixtures may irrepara-bly damage the engine with in-validation of the warranty dueto the damage caused. In theevent of accidentally filling withanother type of fuel, do notstart the engine and empty thetank. If the engine has been runeven for only a very short time,in addition to the tank, it is al-so necessary to drain out thewhole fuel circuit.

REFUELLING

To guarantee full tank filling, carry outtwo refuelling operations after the firstclick of the fuel delivery gun. Avoid fur-ther topping up operations that couldcause damages to the fuel system.

Alfawiki.nl

113

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

EMERGENCY OPENING OF THE FUEL FILLER CAP

In case of failure, the fuel filler cap canbe opened by pulling string set on theright side of the boot fig. 88.

A0F0130mfig. 88

FUEL FILLER CAP

The fuel tank lid can only be openedwith doors unlocked and engineswitched off.

Opening

Open the flap A-fig. 87 by means offront part (see figure), turn cap B anti-clockwise and extract it. The cap has adevice C retaining it to the flap so it can-not be lost. When refuelling, attach thecap to the flap, as illustrated.

Closing

Fit cap B in its housing and turn it clock-wise until it clicks once or more, then closethe flap A.

IMPORTANT The sealing of the tankmay cause light pressurising in the tank.A little breathing off, while slackeningthe cap, is absolutely normal.

Do not put nakedflames or lighted ciga-

rettes near the fuel filler holeas there is danger of fire. Do not bend too close to thehole either so as not tobreathe in harmful vapours.

WARNING

A

BC

A0F0299mfig. 87

Alfawiki.nl

114

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

PROTECTING THEENVIRONMENT

The devices for curtailing petrol engineemissions are the following:

❒ three-way catalytic converter;

❒ Lambda sensors;

❒ fuel evaporation system.

In addition, do not let the engine run,even for a test, with one or more sparkplugs disconnected.

The devices for curtailing diesel fuel en-gine emissions are the following:

❒ oxidising catalytic converter;

❒ exhaust gas recirculation system(E.G.R.);

❒ diesel particulate filter (DPF).

During normal servicethe diesel particulate

filter (DPF) reaches high tem-peratures. Do not thereforepark the car over inflammablematerials (grass, dry leaves,pine needles, etc.): fire hazard.

WARNING

DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER(DPF)

The Diesel Particulate Filter is a me-chanical filter, integral with the exhaustsystem, that physically traps particulatepresent in the exhaust gases of Dieselengines.

The diesel particular filter has beenadopted to eliminate almost totally par-ticulates in compliance with current /future law regulations.

During normal use of the car, the enginecontrol unit records a set of data (e.g.:travel time, type of route, temperatures,etc.) and it will then calculate how muchparticulates has been trapped by the fil-ter.

Since this filter physically traps particu-lates, it shall be cleaned (reclaimed) atregular intervals by burning carbon par-ticles. Reclaiming procedure is controlledautomatically by the engine control unitaccording to the filter conditions and theconditions of use of the car. During re-claiming the following phenomena couldtake place: idling slight increase, fan ac-tivation, slight smoke increase, high ex-haust temperatures. These situationsshall not be considered as faults and theydo not affect car performance and envi-ronment.

Diesel particulate filterclogged

When the Diesel particulate filter isclogged, the display will show symbolh and the dedicated message. Inthis case keep the car running until sym-bolh + and message turn off.

Alfawiki.nl

115

ÙSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

SSAAFFEETTYY DDEEVVIICCEESSSEAT BELTS ...................................................... 116

S.B.R. SYSTEM ................................................ 117

PRETENSIONERS ............................................... 118

CARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY .............................. 121

PRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE “UNIVERSAL ISOFIX” CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM.... 126

FRONT AIR BAGS............................................... 128

SIDE AIR BAGS (Side bag - Window bag) ............. 132

Alfawiki.nl

116

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Never press button Cwhen travelling.

Through the reel, the belt automaticallyadapts to the body of the passengerwearing it, allowing freedom of move-ment.

When the car is parked on a steep slopethe reel mechanism may block; this isnormal. The reel mechanism preventsthe webbing coming out when it is jerkedor if the car brakes sharply, in a collisionor when cornering at high speed.

The rear seat is fitted with inertial seatbelts with three anchor points and reel.

Rear seat belts shall be worn as shownin fig. 2.

To unfasten the seat belts, press buttonC. Guide the seat belt with your handwhile it is rewinding, to prevent it fromtwisting.

SEAT BELTS

USING THE SEAT BELTS

The belt should be worn keeping thechest straight and rested against the seatback.

To fasten seat belts, take the tongue A-fig. 1 and insert it into the buckle B,until hearing the locking click.

At removal, if it jams, let it rewind fora short stretch, then pull it out againwithout jerking.

WARNING


Alfawiki.nl

117

ÙSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

S.B.R. SYSTEM(Seat Belt Reminder)The car is fitted with the S.B.R. system(Seat Belt Reminder), consisting of abuzzer which, together with the turningon of warning light < warns the driverand the front passenger to fasten theseat belt. The buzzer can be muted tem-porarily as follows:❒ fasten front seat belts;❒ fit the electronic key into the ignition

device;❒ wait for over 20 seconds, but less

than 1 minute, and then unfastenone of the front seat belts.

This procedure will be valid until switch-ing the engine off.For permanent deactivation, contact AlfaRomeo Authorized Services. The S.B.R.system can only be reset through the“Setup Menu” (see paragraph “Recon-figurable multifunction display“ in section“Dashboard and controls”).

IMPORTANT Correct backrest fas-tening is guaranteed when the “redband” A-fig. 3 aside levers B is nolonger visible. The “red band” actuallyindicates that the backrest is not prop-erly secured.

IMPORTANT After putting the seatsback to their travelling position, restorethe seat belt position to make themready for use.

A0F0085mfig. 3

Make sure the backrestis properly secured at

both sides (red band A-fig. 3not visible) to prevent it movesforward in the event of sharpbraking causing injuries to pas-sengers.

WARNINGRemember that in theevent of a violent colli-

sion, back seat passengers notwearing seat belts also repre-sent a serious danger for thefront seat passengers.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

118

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Anything that modifies its original con-ditions invalidates its efficiency. Anythingthat modifies its original conditions in-validates its efficiency. If due to unusu-al natural events (floods, sea storms,etc.) the device has been affected bywater and mud, it must necessarily bereplaced.

PRETENSIONERS

To increase the efficiency of the seatbelts, the car is fitted with front preten-sioners. These devices, in the event ofa violent crash, rewind the seat belts afew centimetres. In this way they en-sure that the seat belt adheres perfect-ly to the wearer before the restrainingaction begins.

The seat belt locks to indicate that thedevice has intervened; the seat belt can-not be drawn back up even when guid-ing it manually.

IMPORTANT To obtain the highestdegree of protection from the action ofthe pretensioning device, wear the seatbelt keeping it firmly close to the chestand pelvis.

Front seat pretensioners activate onlyif front seat belts are properly fitted in-to buckles.

A small amount of smoke may be pro-duced. This smoke is in no way toxic andpresents no fire hazard.

The pretensioner canonly be used once. Af-

ter a collision that has trig-gered it, have it replaced at Al-fa Romeo Authorized Services.Pretensioner validity is indi-cated on the label located onthe door. Pretensioners shouldbe replaced at Alfa Romeo Au-thorized Services as this dateapproaches

WARNING

Operations which leadto knocks, vibrations orlocalised heating (over

100°C for a maximum of 6hours) in the area around thepretensioners may cause dam-age or trigger them. These de-vices are not affected by vibra-tions caused by irregularities ofthe road surface or low obsta-cles such as kerbs, etc. ContactAlfa Romeo Authorized Servicesfor any assistance.

LOAD LIMITERS

To increase passenger’s safety, the frontseat belt reels contain a load limiterwhich allows controlled sag in such away as to dose the force acting on thechest and shoulders during the belt re-straining action in case of front crash.

Alfawiki.nl

119

ÙSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

IMPORTANT The belt should not betwisted. The upper part should pass overthe shoulder and cross the chest diago-nally. The lower part should adhere tothe pelvis fig. 5 and not the abdomenof the passenger. Do not use any objects(pegs, stoppers, etc.) to keep the beltsaway from the body.

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSFOR USING THE SEAT BELTS

The driver must comply with (and havethe vehicle occupants follow) all the lo-cal legal regulations concerning the useof seat belts.

Always fasten the seat belts before start-ing.

Seat belts are also to be worn by ex-pectant mothers: the risk of injury in thecase of accident is greatly reduced forthem and the unborn child if they arewearing a seat belt. Of course they mustposition the lower part of the belt verylow down so that it passes under the ab-domen fig. 4.


For maximum protec-tion keep the back of

your seat upright, lean back in-to it and make sure the seatbelt fits closely across yourchest and hips. Make sure thatthe seat belts of the front andrear passengers are fastenedat all times! You increase therisk of serious injury or deathin a collision if you travel withthe belts unfastened.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

120

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

HOW TO KEEP THE SEATBELTS ALWAYS IN EFFICIENT CONDITIONS❒ Always use the belt with the tape taut

and never twisted; make sure that itis free to run without impediments;

❒ after a serious accident, replace thebelt being worn at that time, even ifit does not appear damaged. Alwaysreplace the seat belts if pretension-ers have been activated;

❒ to clean the belts, wash by handwith neutral soap, rinse and leave todry in the shade. Never use strongdetergents, bleach or dyes or otherchemical substance that might weak-en the fibres;

❒ prevent the reels from getting wet:their correct operation is only guar-anteed if water does not get inside;

❒ replace the seat belt when showingsignificant wear or cut signs.

IMPORTANT Never travel with a childsitting on the passenger’s lap with a sin-gle belt to protect them both fig. 6. Donot fasten other objects to the body.

A0F0105mfig. 6

Under no circumstancesshould the components

of the seat belts and preten-sioners be tampered with orremoved. Any operationshould be carried out by qual-ified and authorised personnel.Always contact Alfa RomeoAuthorized Services.

WARNING

If the belt has beensubjected to heavy

stress, for example after anaccident, it should be changedcompletely together with theanchors, anchor fasteningscrews and the pretensioners.In fact, even if the belt has novisible defects, it could havelost its resilience.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

121

ÙSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

The results of research on the best childrestraint systems are contained in theEuropean Standard ECE-R44. This Stan-dard enforces the use of restraint sys-tems classified in five groups:

Group 0 - 0-10 kg in weight

Group 0+ - 0-13 kg in weight

Group 1 9-18 kg in weight



As it may be noted, the groups overlappartly and in fact, in commerce it is pos-sible to find devices that cover morethan one weight group.

All restraint devices must bear the cer-tification data, together with the controlbrand, on a solidly fixed label whichmust absolutely never be removed.

Over 1.50 m in height, from the pointof view of restraint systems, children areconsidered as adults and wear the seatbelts normally.

Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo offers seats foreach weight group, which are the rec-ommended choice, as they have beendesigned and experimented specifical-ly for Alfa Romeo cars.

CARRYINGCHILDREN SAFELY

For optimal protection in the event ofa crash, all passengers must be seatedand wearing adequate restraint systems.This is even more important for children.

This prescription is compulsory in all ECcountries according to EC Directive2003/20/EC.

Compared with adults, a child’s head isproportionately larger and heavier thanthe rest of the body, while muscles andbone structure are not completely de-veloped. Therefore, in order to restraintthem correctly in the event of a crash,different systems are needed than adultseat belts.

With passenger’s airbag active, never place

child’s seats with the cradlefacing backwards since the airbag activation could cause tothe child serious injuries, evenmortal, regardless of the seri-ousness of the crash that trig-gered it. You are advised tocarry children always withproper restraint systems onthe rear seats, as this is themost protected position in thecase of a crash.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

122

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

GROUP 0 and 0+

Babies up to 13 kg must be carried fac-ing backwards fig. 7 on a cradle seat,which, supporting the head, does not in-duce stress on the neck in the event ofsharp deceleration.

The cradle is restrained by the car seatbelts and in turn it must restrain the childwith its own belts.

SERIOUS DANGER If itis absolutely necessaryto carry a child on thefront passenger seatwith the cradle child’s

seat facing backwards, thefront passenger’s air bags(front air bag, knees air bag,where provided, and side bagon seat), must be deactivatedusing the key switch (for ver-sions/markets, where provid-ed). In this case it is absolute-ly necessary to check thewarning light F on the frontceiling light panel (see para-graph “Passenger’s front airbag”) to make sure that deac-tivation has actually takenplace. Moreover, the frontpassenger’s seat shall be ad-justed in the most backwardposition to prevent any contactbetween the child’s seat andthe dashboard.

WARNING

A0F0106mfig. 7

TThe figures are indica-tive for assembly pur-

poses only. To install the childrestraint, refer to the instruc-tions supplied with the same.Child seats with Isofix attach-ments are available for a safeanchoring to the seat withoutusing the car seat belts.

WARNING

A0F0106mfig. 8

GROUP 1 fig. 8

Starting from 9 kg to 18 kg in weight,children may be carried facing forwards.

Alfawiki.nl

123

ÙSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

GROUP 2

Starting from 15 kg to 25 kg in weight,children may be restrained directly bythe car belts. The only function of theseat is to position the child correctly inrelation to the belts, so that the diago-nal part adheres to the chest and notto the neck and that the horizontal partclings to the child’s pelvis and not theabdomen fig. 9.

GROUP 3

For children between 22 kg and 36 kg,there are boosters allowing the seatbeltto fit correctly. Fig. 10 shows properchild seat positioning on the rear seat.

Children taller than 1.50 m can wearseat belts like adults.


The illustrations are in-dicative only for as-

sembly. Assemble the seat ac-cording to the compulsory in-structions provided with it.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

124

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

SUITABILITY OF PASSENGER SEATS FOR CHILD SEAT USE

Your car complies with the new European Directive 2000/3/EC regulating child’s seat assembling on the different car seatsaccording to the following tables:

Front and rear seat

SEAT

Group Range of weight Front Rear side

Seat with Seat with Rear 4 positions 8 positions passenger

Group 0, 0+ up to 13 kg U (*) U (*) U

Group 1 9-18 kg U (*) U (*) U

Group 2 15-25 kg U (*) U (*) U

Group 3 22-36 kg U (*) U (*) U

Key:

U = suitable for child restraint systems of the “Universal” category, according to European Standard EEC-R44 for the specified “Groups”.

(*) = on cars not fitted with passenger’s seat adjustable in height, the seat back shall be positioned perfectly upright. On cars fitted withpassenger’s seat adjustable in height, the seat shall be raised as much as possible.

Alfawiki.nl

125

ÙSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

❒ always check the seat belt is wellfastened by pulling the webbing;

❒ only one child is to be strapped toeach retaining system;

❒ always check the seat belts do notfit around the child’s throat;

❒ while travelling, do not let the childsit incorrectly or release the belts;

❒ passengers should never carry chil-dren on their laps. No-one, howev-er strong they are, can hold a childin the event of a crash;

❒ in case of an accident, replace theseat with a new one.

Below is a summary of therules of safety to be followedfor carrying children:

❒ the recommended position for in-stalling child’s seat is on the rearseat, as it is the most protected inthe case of a crash;

❒ if the passenger’s air bag is deacti-vated always check that thewarning light F on the front ceil-ing light panel is glowing steadily toindicate that the air bag has beendeactivated;

❒ attain to the instructions for fasten-ing the specific child restraint systemwhich you are using. These instruc-tions must be provided by the man-ufacturer. Keep the child restraint sys-tem installation instructions with thecar documents and this Handbook.Never use a child restraint systemwithout installation instructions;

With passenger’s airbag active, never place

child’s seats with the cradlefacing backwards since the airbag activation could cause tothe child serious injuries, evenmortal, regardless of the seri-ousness of the crash that trig-gered it. You are advised tocarry children always withproper restraint systems onthe rear seats, as this is themost protected position in thecase of a crash.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

126

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Mount the child restraintsystem only with the car

stationary. The Universal Isofixchild restraint system is proper-ly anchored to the mountingbrackets when clicks are heard.In any case, keep to the instal-lation instructions that must beprovided by the child restraintsystem Manufacturer.

WARNING

PRESETTING FORMOUNTING THE“UNIVERSAL ISOFIX”CHILD RESTRAINTSYSTEMThis car is preset for mounting the Uni-versal Isofix child restraint system, anew European standardised system forcarrying children safely. Fig. 11 showsan example of child restraint system.The Universal Isofix child’s seat coversweight group: 1.

Due to its different anchoring system,the Universal Isofix child’s seat shall beanchored to the proper lower metalbrackets A-fig. 12, set on rear seatback. The upper belt (provided with thechild’s seat) shall be then secured to fas-tener B-fig. 13 set on rear seat back-rest at child’s seat height .

It is possible to mount both the tradi-tional restraint system and the “Uni-versal Isofix” one. Remember that incase of Universal Isofix child’s seat, youcan only use all those seats approvedwith the marking ECE R44/03 “Uni-versal Isofix”.

The Universal Isofix “Duo Plus” childseat and the special “G 0/1” seat areavailable from Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo.

For any further installation/use detail,refer to the “Instructions Manual” thatmust be provided by the child restraintsystem Manufacturer.

A0F0174mfig. 12

fig. 11 A0F0241m A0F0190mfig. 13

Alfawiki.nl

Range of weight Child’s seat Isofix size Isofix position direction group side rear

Group 1 from9 to 18 kg

127

ÙSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

IUF: suitable for Isofix child restraint systems to be set facing forwards, universal class (fitted with third upper fastener), approved forthe weight group.

PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON ISOFIX CHILD’S SEAT USE

The table below, according to ECE 16 European Directive, shows the different installation possibilities of Isofix restraint sys-tems on seats fitted with Isofix fasteners.

B

B1

A

IUF

IUF

IUF

Facing forwards

Facing forwards

Facing forwards

Alfawiki.nl

128

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

FRONT AIR BAGS

The car is fitted with front multistage airbags (“Smart bags”) for the driver andthe passenger and with knees air bagfor the driver and for the passenger (forversions/markets, where provided).

The front air bags (driver and passen-ger) and knees air bags (driver and pas-senger) are not a replacement of butcomplementary to the use of belts,which should always be worn, as spec-ified by law in Europe and most non Eu-ropean countries.

In case of crash, a person not wearingthe seat belt moves forward and maycome into contact with the cushion whileit is still inflating. Under this circum-stance the protection offered by the airbag is reduced.

“SMART BAG” SYSTEM(FRONT MULTISTAGE AIRBAGS)

The front air bags (driver and passen-ger) and knees air bags (driver and pas-senger) have been designed to protectthe occupants in the event of head-oncrashes of medium-high severity, by plac-ing cushions between the occupant andthe steering wheel or dashboard.

In case of crash, an electronic controlunit, when required, triggers the infla-tion of the cushions that inflate, as a pro-tection, between the body of the frontoccupants and the structure that couldcause injuries. Immediately after, thecushions deflate.

Alfawiki.nl

129

ÙSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

DRIVER’S FRONT AIR BAG

It consists of an instant-inflating cushioncontained in a special recess in the cen-tre of the steering wheel fig. 14.

Front air bags may not be activated inthe following situations:

❒ front collisions against highly de-formable objects not affecting thecar front surface (e.g. bumper colli-sion against guard rail, etc.);

❒ in case of wedging under other ve-hicles or protective barriers (for ex-ample under a truck or guard rail);

❒ the air bag is not triggered as it offersno additional protection comparedwith the seat belts, consequently itwould be pointless. Therefore, failureto come into action in the above cir-cumstance does not mean that thesystem is not working properly.

Do not apply stickersor other objects to the

steering wheel or to the airbag cover on the passenger’sside or on the side roof lining.Never put objects (e.g. mobilephones) on the dashboard onpassenger side since theycould interfere with properpassenger air bag inflation andalso cause serious injury.

WARNING

A0F0077mfig. 14

Alfawiki.nl

130

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

On cars fitted with front passenger’s air bag deactivation(front air bag, knees air bag (for versions/markets,where provided) and side on seat), these air bags shallbe deactivated when placing the child’s seat on the frontpassenger’s seat. Moreover, the front passenger’s seat

shall be adjusted in the most backward position to prevent anycontact between the child’s seat and the dashboard. Even if notcompulsory by law, you are recommended to reactivate the airbag immediately as soon as the child transport is no longer nec-essary.

A0F0078mfig. 15

With passenger’s air bag active, never place child’s seatswith the cradle facing backwards since the air bag acti-

vation could cause to the child serious injuries, even mortal.

WARNING

WARNINGPASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAG

It consists of an instant-inflating cush-ion contained into a special recess in thedashboard fig. 15, this cushion has avolume bigger than that of the driver.

Alfawiki.nl

131

ÙSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

MANUAL DEACTIVATION (for versions/markets, where provided)OF PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAG , KNEES AIR BAG (for versions/markets, where provided)AND PASSENGER’S FRONT SIDE BAG

DRIVER’S ANDPASSENGER’S KNEES AIRBAG (for versions/markets, where provided)

Knees air bag consists of an instant-in-flating cushion housed into a specialcompartment provided for the purposeunder the steering wheel for the driverfig. 16 and into the lower part of thedashboard for the passenger fig. 17,to give further protection in the event offrontal crash.

A0F0092mfig. 17A0F0079mfig. 16

Should it be absolutely necessary to car-ry a child on the front seat, the pas-senger’s front air bag, knees air bag (forversions/markets, where provided) andthe side bag can be deactivated. Deac-tivation/activation shall be performed(with key removed from ignition device)using the key switch set on the right sideof dashboard fig. 18. You can reachthe switch only if the door is opened.When the door is open, the metal insertof the key can be inserted and removedin both positions.

IMPORTANT Operate the switch on-ly when the engine is not running andthe ignition key is removed.The key-operated switch has two posi-tions:

❒ passenger’s front air bag, knees airbag (for versions/markets, whereprovided) and side bag activated(position ONP): warning light Fon front ceiling light panel off; it isabsolutely prohibited to carry a childon the front seat;

A0F0062mfig. 18

Alfawiki.nl

132

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

❒ passenger’s front air bag, knees airbag (for versions/markets, whereprovided) and side bag deactivated(position OFFF): warning lightF on front ceiling light panel on;it is possible to carry a child protectedby special restraint systems on thefront seat.

The warning light F on front ceilinglight panel stays on permanently untilthe passenger’s air bags are reactivat-ed.

Passenger’s air bags deactivation willnot inhibit the operation of the WindowBag.

SIDE AIR BAGS(Side bag -Window bag)

The car is fitted with front side bags fordriver and passenger for protecting thechest and window bags for protecting frontand rear occupant’s head.

Side bags protect car occupants fromside crashes of medium-high severity, byplacing the cushion between the occu-pant and the internal parts of the sidestructure of the car.

Non-activation of side bags in othertypes of collisions (front collisions, rearshunts, roll-overs, etc...) is not a systemmalfunction.

In case of side crash, an electronic con-trol unit, when required triggers the in-flation of the cushion. The cushion im-mediately inflates, placing itself as a pro-tection, between the occupant’s bodyand the structure that could cause in-juries. Immediately after, the cushion de-flates.

Side air bags are not a replacement ofbut complementary to the belts, whichyou are recommended to always wear,as specified by law in Europe and mostnon-European countries.

Alfawiki.nl

133

ÙSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

SIDE WINDOW BAGS -HEAD PROTECTION fig. 20

It is formed by two "curtain" windowbags are located behind the side roof up-holstery and are covered by special trim-ming. They were designed to protect thehead of front and rear passengers incase of side collisions, thanks to thewide cushion inflation surface.

In minor side crashes (for which the re-straining action of the seat belts is suf-ficient), the air bags are not deployed.

Also in this case it is of vital importanceto wear the seat belts since in case ofside crash they guarantee proper posi-tioning of the occupant and prevent theoccupants to be pitched out of the car incase of violent crashes.

IMPOTANT In the event of side crash,you can obtain the best protection bythe system keeping a correct position onthe seat, allowing thus a correct windowbag unfolding.

IMPORTANT The front air bagsand/or side bags may be deployed ifthe car is subject to heavy knocks oraccidents involving the underbody area,such as for example violent shocks,against steps, kerbs or low obstacles,falling of the car in big holes or sags inthe road.

FRONT SIDE BAGS – CHESTAND PELVIS ZONEPROTECTION

They are composed by two types of in-stant inflation cushions and are housedin the back rest of the front seats fig.19 . The task of the side air bags is toincrease protection of the occupants’chest and pelvis zone in the event of aside crash of medium-high severity.

A0F0093mfig. 19

A0F0185mfig. 20

Alfawiki.nl

134

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IMPORTANT When the airbag in-flates it emits a small amount of dusts.These dusts are harmless and is not thebeginning of a fire; then the unfold cush-ion surface and the car interiors can becovered by a dusty remains: this dustcan irritate skin and eyes. In case of con-tact, wash yourself using neutral soapand water.

Expiration dates of pyrotechnic chargeand coil contact are indicated on the la-bel located on the door. As this date ap-proaches, contact Alfa Romeo Autho-rized Services to have the devices re-placed.

IMPORTANT Should an accident oc-cur in which any of the safety devices isactivated, take the car to Alfa RomeoAuthorized Services to have the devicesactivated replaced and to have the sys-tem checked.

All control, repair and replacement op-erations concerning the air bags mustonly be carried out c/o Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

If you are having the car scrapped, havethe air bag system deactivated at AlfaRomeo Authorized Services first. If thecar changes ownership, the new own-er must be informed of the method ofuse of air bags and the above warningsand also be given this “Owner Hand-book”.

IMPORTANT The triggering of pre-tensioners, front air bags and side bagsis decided in a differentiated manner ac-cording to the type of impact. The fail-ure to deploy one or more of them doesnot mean that the system is not work-ing properly.

Never rest head, armsand elbows on the

door, on the windows and inthe window bag unfoldingarea to prevent possible in-juries during the inflationphase.

WARNING

Never lean head, armsand elbows out of the

window.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

135

ÙSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

GENERAL WARNINGS

If when fitting the keyinto the ignition device,

the warning light ¬ does notturn on or if it stays on whentravelling (on certain versionstogether with the message onthe display) there could be afailure in safety systems; inthis event air bags or preten-sioners could not trigger incase of impact or, in a minornumber of cases, they couldtrigger accidentally. ContactAlfa Romeo Authorized Ser-vices immediately to have thesystem checked.

WARNING

Do not cover the back-rest of front seats with

trims or covers that are notsuitable to be used with sidebags.

WARNING

Never travel with ob-jects on your lap, in

front of your chest or with apipe, pencil, etc. between yourlips; injury may result in theevent of the air bag being trig-gered.

WARNING

Always keep yourhands on the steering

wheel rim when driving, sothat if the air bag is triggered,it can inflate without meetingany obstacles which couldcause serious harm to you. Donot drive with the body bentforwards, keep the seat backrest in the erect position andlean your back well against it.

WARNING

If the car has beenstolen or an attempt to

steal it has been made, if ithas been subjected to vandalsor floods, have the air bagsystem checked by Alfa RomeoAuthorized Services.

WARNING

Remember that withthe key fitted into the

ignition device and engine off,the air bags may be triggeredon a stationary car if it isbumped by another movingcar. Therefore, never seat chil-dren on the front seat evenwhen the car is stationary. Onthe other hand remember thatif the key is not fitted into theignition device, no safety sys-tem (air bags or pretension-ers) is triggered in the eventof an impact; in this case, fail-ure to come into action cannotbe considered as a sign thatthe system is not workingproperly.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

136

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

The front air bag is trig-gered for shocks

greater in magnitude than thepretensioners. For impacts be-tween these two thresholds,it is therefore normal that on-ly the pretensioners are trig-gered.

WARNING

Do not hook rigid ob-jects to the coat hooks

and to the support handles.

WARNING

The air bag does notsubstitute the seat

belts, but only increases theireffectiveness. Moreover, sincethe front air bags do not comeinto operation in the event offront impact at low speed, sidecollisions, bumps from behindor overturning, in these cir-cumstances the occupantswould only be protected bythe seat belts which musttherefore always be fastened.

WARNING

Never wash seat back-rests with pressurised

water or steam (by hand or atautomatic seat washing sta-tions).

WARNING

When the key is fittedinto the ignition device,

the warning light F (with pas-senger’s front air bags deacti-vation switch at ON) turns onand flashes for few seconds toremind that passenger’s frontair bag, knees air bag and sidebag will be deployed in a crash,after which it should go off.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

137

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

CCOORRRREECCTT UUSSEE OOFF TTHHEE CCAARRENGINE STARTING ............................................. 138

PARKING.......................................................... 143

USING THE GEARBOX......................................... 144

CONTAINING RUNNING COSTS ............................ 145

TOWING TRAILERS............................................. 147

SNOW TYRES ................................................... 148

SNOW CHAINS ................................................. 149

CAR INACTIVITY ............................................... 150

Alfawiki.nl

138

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

We recommend thatduring the initial periodyou do not drive to full

car performance (e.g.: excessiveacceleration, long journeys attop speed, sharp braking, etc.).

Running the engine inconfined areas is ex-

tremely dangerous. The engineconsumes oxygen and pro-duces carbon monoxide whichis a highly toxic and lethal gas.

WARNING

When the engine isswitched off never leavethe electronic key into the

ignition device to prevent point-less current absorption fromdraining the batter.

ENGINE STARTING

The car is fitted with an electronic engineimmobilising system. If the engine failsto start, see paragraph “Alfa RomeoCODE system” in section “Dashboardand controls”.

IMPORTANT Tampering with the ig-nition device can cause unrequired steer-ing lock.

IMPORTANT Always fit the electron-ic key completely into the ignition deviceto the stop limit.

IMPORTANT Never take the elec-tronic key out of the ignition device whilethe car is moving unless you have to car-ry out an emergency removal (see para-graph “Removing the electronic key fromthe ignition device in an emergency”),this ensures that the steering column lockis deactivated while the car is moving(e.g.: towing the car).

Alfawiki.nl

139

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

STARTING PROCEDURE FORPETROL VERSIONS

Proceed as follows:

❒ Ensure that the handbrake is up;

❒ Fully press the clutch pedal, withoutpressing the accelerator;

❒ Put the gear lever neutral;

❒ Fit the electronic key into the ignitiondevice to stop limit;

❒ Briefly press the START/STOP but-ton.

The starter automatically operates untilthe engine starts.

With engine off and electronic key in-serted in the ignition device, it is possibleto operate the automatic ignition brieflypressing the START/STOP button andkeeping the clutch pedal pressed.

IMPORTANT It is possible to start theengine keeping pressed only the brakepedal. In that case, automatic start is notenabled. Then press the START/STOPbutton and release it as soon as the en-gine starts.

STARTING PROCEDURE FOR DIESEL VERSIONS

Proceed as follows:

❒ Ensure that the handbrake is up;

❒ Fully press the clutch pedal, withoutpressing the accelerator;

❒ Put the gear lever neutral;

❒ fit the electronic key down into theignition device until it stops. The in-strument panel warning light mwill turn on;

❒ Wait for the warning light m toturn off. The hotter the engine is, thequicker this will happen;

❒ Briefly press the START/STOP but-ton as soon as the warning light mturns on. Waiting for too long meansmaking spark plugs heating useless.

Alfawiki.nl

140

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WARNINGS

If at start-up the engine turns off, restartit by pressing the clutch or brake pedaland then press button START/STOP.

If after a few attempts the engine doesnot start, do not insist but contact AlfaRomeo Authorized Services.

With car started the electronic key islocked into the ignition device and it canbe removed only after switching the en-gine off. With car running and key lockedinto the ignition device, forced key re-moval could damage the ignition device.

The starter automatically operates untilthe engine starts.

With engine off and electronic key in-serted in the ignition device, it is possi-ble to operate the automatic ignitionbriefly pressing the START/STOP but-ton and keeping the clutch pedalpressed.

In the event of cold weather, we rec-ommend to wait for warning light mturn off before operating the starter.

IMPORTANT It is possible to start theengine keeping pressed only the brakepedal. In that case, automatic start is notenabled. Then press the START/STOPbutton and release it as soon as the en-gine starts.

Start-up failures, if any, are indicated bythe turning on of the warning light Y onthe instrument panel (on certain versionsa dedicated message is displayed). In thiscase contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-vices.

If the engine will not start after pressingbutton START/STOP repeat the start-up procedure by pressing the other pedal(clutch or brake).

Alfawiki.nl

141

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Start-up failures

The system can recognise start-up fail-ures.

In the event of failure, the electronic keycan be removed from the ignition device toenable the driver to carry out the follow-ing operations:

❒ turn the instrument panel off bypressing button START/STOP orremoving the electronic key from theignition device;

❒ start the engine again by pressing theclutch/brake pedal and buttonSTART/STOP.

IMPORTANT With engine raced whilethe car is running, due to safety reasonsit is not possible to remove the electronickey from the ignition device. To removeit, press button START/STOP withbrake pedal (or clutch pedal) released andcar stopped.

HOW TO WARM UP THEENGINE AFTER IT HAS JUSTSTARTED (petrol and dieselengines)

Proceed as follows:

❒ Drive off slowly, letting the engineturn at medium revs. Do not accel-erate abruptly;

❒ Do not drive at full performance forthe initial kilometres. Wait until thecoolant temperature gauge startsmoving.

STOPPING THE ENGINE

With car stopped press buttonSTART/STOP. When the engine is offit will be possible to remove the electronickey from the ignition device.

In an emergency andalso for safety rea-

sons, it is possible to kill theengine while the car is runningby pressing repeatedly (threetimes in 2 seconds) or keepingpressed the START/STOP but-ton for a few seconds. In thiscase the power steering is nolonger available.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

142

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

A quick burst on the ac-celerator before turningoff the engine serves

absolutely no practical purpose,it wastes fuel and is damagingespecially to turbocharged en-gines.

IMPORTANT After a taxing drive, youshould allow the engine to “catch itsbreath” before turning it off by letting itidle to allow the temperature in the en-gine compartment to fall.

IMPORTANT Turning the car off willdeactivate the electronic safety systemsand turn off the external lights.

IMPORTANT Killing the engine whilethe car is running, due to safety reasons,it will not be possible to take the elec-tronic key out of the ignition device. Toremove it, turn the instrument panel onand off by pressing buttonSTART/STOP with brake pedal (orclutch pedal) released and car stopped.

REMOVING THEELECTRONIC KEY FROM THEIGNITION DEVICE IN ANEMERGENCY

In the event of a failure at engine switch-ing off system or at electronic key un-locking system proceed as follows:

❒ press the unlocking button to removethe metal insert (see paragraph“Electronic key” in section “Dash-board and controls”);

❒ fit the metal insert B-fig. 1 of theelectronic key into the slot A;

❒ remove the electronic key from theignition device.

A0F0043mfig. 1

IMPORTANT Only fit the metal insertB-fig.1 of the electronic key into slot A.

IMPORTANT If emergency removalis carried out with the engine running,the engine and the instrument panel willbe turned off and the steering lock willnot be engaged; always stop the car be-fore emergency removal.

Alfawiki.nl

To release the handbrake proceed as fol-lows:

❒ Slightly lift the handbrake A andpress release button B;

❒ Keep button B pressed and lowerthe lever. Warning light x on theinstrument panel will turn off.

Press the brake pedal when carrying outthis operation to prevent the car frommoving accidentally.HANDBRAKE

The handbrake lever A-fig. 2 is locat-ed between the two front seats. Pull thehandbrake lever A upwards, until thecar cannot be moved.

With electronic key fitted into the igni-tion device, the instrument panel warn-ing light x will come on.

IMPORTANT The car shall stop aftera few clicks of the handbrake lever. Ifthis is not the case, contact Alfa RomeoAuthorized Services to have the hand-brake adjusted.

A0F0030mfig. 2

PARKING THE CAR

Proceed as follows:

❒ Stop the engine and engage thehandbrake;

❒ Engage a gear (on a slope, engagefirst gear if the car is faced uphill orreverse if it is faced downhill) andleave the wheels steered.

Block the wheels with a wedge or a stoneif the car is parked on a steep slope. Donot leave the electronic key in the igni-tion switch to prevent draining the bat-tery.

Never leave children un-attended in the car. Al-

ways remove the electronic keywhen leaving the car and takeit out with you.

WARNING

143

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Alfawiki.nl

144

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IMPORTANT The car can only be putinto reverse gear when it has stoppedmoving completely. With the engine run-ning, before engaging the reverse, waitat least 3 seconds with the clutch ped-al fully down to prevent damage andgrating of the gears.

A0F0151mfig. 3

To change gears prop-erly you must push the

clutch pedal fully down. It istherefore essential that thereis nothing under the pedals:make sure mats are lying flatand do not get in the way ofthe pedals.

WARNING

Do not drive with yourhand resting on the gearlever as the force ex-

erted, even if slight, could leadto premature wear on the gear-box internal components overtime. The clutch pedal must beused for gear shift only. Neverdrive with the foot resting,even if slightly, on the clutchpedal. For versions/marketswhere applicable the clutch ped-al control electronics can inter-vene interpreting the wrong dri-ve style as a fault.

USINGTHE GEARBOX

The car is fitted with 6-gear manualgearbox. Gear positions are shown onthe gearshift lever knob.

Always press down the clutch pedalwhen shifting gears. To engage the 6th

gear, move the gearshift lever pressingslightly rightwards to prevent engagingthe 4thgear accidentally.

To engage reverse R from neutral, raisering A-fig. 3 under the knob and atthe same time move the gearshift leverleftwards and then forward. After en-gaging reverse release the ring. To shiftfrom reverse to another gear it is notnecessary to raise the ring.

Alfawiki.nl

145

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Climate control

The air conditioner is an additional loadwhich greatly affects the engine leadingto higher consumption. When the tem-perature outside the car permits it, usethe air vents where possible.

Spoilers

The use of aerodynamic optional extraswhich are not certified for the specificuse on the vehicle, may reduce the aero-dynamic penetration of the vehicle andincrease consumption.

Unnecessary loads

Do not travel with too much luggagestowed in the boot. The weight of thecar (especially when driving in town)and its trim greatly affects consumptionand stability.

Roof rack/ski rack

Remove the roof rack or the ski rackfrom the roof as soon as they are nolonger used. These accessories lower airpenetration and adversely affect con-sumption levels. When needing to car-ry particularly voluminous objects, prefer-ably use a trailer.

Electric devices

Use electric devices only for the amountof time needed. Rear heated window,additional headlights, windscreen wipersand heater fan need a considerableamount of energy therefore, increasingthe requirement of current increases fu-el consumption (up to +25% in the ur-ban cycle).

CONTAININGRUNNING COSTSHere are some suggestions which mayhelp you to keep the running costs ofyour car down and lower the amount oftoxic emissions released into the at-mosphere.

GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

Car maintenance

Have checks and adjustments carried outin accordance with the “Service sched-ule”.

Tyres

Check the pressure of the tyres routine-ly at an interval of no more than 4weeks: if the pressure is too low, con-sumption levels increase as resistanceto rolling is higher.

Alfawiki.nl

146

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Gear selection

As soon as the conditions of the trafficand road allow, use a higher gear. Us-ing a low gear to obtain brilliant perfor-mance increases consumption. In thesame way improper use of a high gearincreases consumption, emissions an en-gine wear.

Top speed

Fuel consumption considerably increas-es with speed. Avoid superfluous brak-ing and accelerating, which cost in termsof both fuel and emissions.

Acceleration

Accelerating violently increasing the revswill greatly affect consumption and emis-sions: acceleration should be gradual andshould not exceed the maximum torque.

CONDITIONS OF USE

Cold starting

Short journeys and frequent cold startsdo not allow the engine to reach opti-mum operating temperature. This resultsin a significant increase in consumptionlevels (from +15 to +30% on the urbancycle) and emission of harmful sub-stances.

Traffic and road conditions

Rather high consumption levels are tiedto situations with heavy traffic, for ex-ample in queues with frequent use ofthe lower gears or in cities with manytraffic lights. Also winding mountainroads and rough road surfaces adverse-ly affect consumption.

Traffic hold-ups

During prolonged hold-ups (e.g.: levelcrossings) the engine should beswitched off.

DRIVING STYLE

Starting

Do not warm the engine with the carat a standstill or at idle or high speed:under these conditions the enginewarms up much more slowly, increasingelectrical consumption and emissions. Itis therefore advisable to move off im-mediately, slowly, avoiding high speeds.This way the engine will warm faster.

Unnecessary actions

Avoid accelerating when waiting at traf-fic lights or before switching off the en-gine. This and also double declutchingis absolutely pointless on modern carsand also increase consumption and pol-lution.

Alfawiki.nl

147

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Engage a low gear when driving down-hill, rather than constantly using thebrake.

The weight the trailer exerts on the cartow hook reduces by the same amountthe actual car loading capacity. To makesure the maximum towable weight isnot exceeded (given in the log book)account should be taken of the fullyladen trailer, including accessories andpersonal belongings.

Do not exceed the speed limits of thecountry you are driving in. In any casedo not exceed 100 km/h.

TOWING TRAILERS

IMPORTANT NOTES

For towing caravans or trailers the carmust be fitted with a certified tow hookand an adequate electric system. In-stallation should be carried out by spe-cialised personnel who release a specialdocument for circulation on the road.

Install any specific and/or additionalrear-view mirrors as specified by law.

Remember that when towing a trailer,steep hills are harder to climb, the brak-ing spaces increase and overtaking takeslonger depending on the overall weight.

The ABS system withwhich the car may be

fitted does not control thetrailer braking system. Drivewith extreme care on slipperyroadbeds.

WARNING

Under no circumstancesshould the car brake

system be altered to controlthe trailer brake. The trailerbraking system must be fullyindependent of the car hy-draulic system.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

148

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Due to the snow tyre features, undernormal conditions of use or on long mo-torway journeys, the performance ofthese tyres is lower than that of normaltyres. It is therefore necessary to limittheir use to the purposes for which theyare certified.

IMPORTANT When snow tyres areused with a max speed index below theone that can be reached by the car (in-creased by 5%), place a notice in thepassenger compartment, plainly in thedriver’s view which states the max per-missible speed of the snow tyres (as perEC Directive).

All four tyres should be the same (brandand track) to ensure greater safetywhen driving and braking and better dri-veability.

Remember that it is inappropriate tochange the direction of rotation of tyres.

SNOW TYRES

Use snow tyres of the same size as thenormal tyres provided with the car.

Alfa Romeo Authorized Services will beglad to provide advice concerning themost suitable type of tyre for the cus-tomer’s requirements.

For the type of tyre to be used, inflationpressures and the specifications of snowtyres, follow the instructions given in para-graph “Wheels” in section “Technicalspecifications”.

The winter features of these tyres are re-duced considerably when the treaddepth is below 4 mm. In this case, theyshould be replaced.

The max speed forsnow tyres with “Q”

marking is 160 km/h; 190km/h for tyres with “T”marking and 210 km/h fortyres with H marking. TheRoad Traffic Code speed lim-its must however be alwaysstrictly observed.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

149

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

IMPORTANT Snow chains cannot befitted to the space-saver spare wheel (forversions/markets, where provided). So,if a front (drive) wheel is punctured andchains are needed, a rear wheel shouldbe fitted to the front of the car and thespare wheel should be fitted to the rear(adjust tyre pressure to the specified val-ue as soon as possible). This way withtwo normal drive wheels, snow chains canbe fitted to them to solve an emergency.

SNOW CHAINS

Use of snow chains should be in compli-ance with local regulations.

Snow chains should only be applied tothe driving wheels (front wheels).

Check the tension of the chains after thefirst few metres have been driven.

Use snow chains with reduced size: fortyres 215/55 R16” use snow chainswith reduced size with max protrusionbeyond the tyre profile of 12 mm.

Use of snow chains may be compulso-ry also for cars with four-wheel drive.

On tyres 225/50 R17”only “spider” typechains can be used.

Keep your speed downwhen snow chains arefitted. Do not exceed40 km/h. Avoid pot-holes, steps and pave-

ments and avoid also to drivefor long distances on roads notcovered with snow to preventdamaging the car and theroadbed.

WARNING

Disengage the ASR sys-tem when snow chainsare fitted. Press button

ASR/VDC (see paragraph “ASRsystem” in section “Dashboardand controls”).Tyres 235/45 R18”

cannot be fitted withsnow chains due to in-

terference with fender.

On 3.2 JTS versionsnow chains shall be fit-ted to FRONT wheels.

Alfawiki.nl

150

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

CAR INACTIVITY

If the car is to be left inactive for longerthan a month, the following precautionsshould be noted:

❒ park the car in covered, dry and ifpossible well-ventilated premises;

❒ engage a gear;

❒ check that the handbrake is not en-gaged;

❒ disconnect battery negative terminaland check the battery charge. Thischeck is to be repeated every threemonths when the car is left inactive.Recharge if the optical indicator(where provided) shows a darkcolour without the central green area(see paragraph “Battery” in section“Car maintenance”);

❒ clean and protect the painted partsusing protective wax;

❒ clean and protect the shiny metalparts using special compounds read-ily available;

❒ sprinkle talcum powder on the rub-ber windscreen and rear windowwiper blades and lift them off theglass;

❒ slightly open the windows;

❒ cover the car with a cloth or perfo-rated plastic sheet. Do not use sheetsof non-perforated plastic as they donot allow moisture on the car bodyto evaporate;

❒ inflate tyres to +0.5 bar above thenormal specified pressure and checkit at intervals;

❒ if you don’t disconnect the batteryfrom the electric system, check itscharge every month and recharge itif the optical indicator shows a darkcolour without the central greenarea;

❒ do not drain the engine cooling sys-tem.

IMPORTANT If the car is fitted withalarm system, switch off the alarm withthe remote control.

Alfawiki.nl

151

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WAR

NING

LIG

HTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

WWAARRNNIINNGG LLIIGGHHTTSS AANNDD MMEESSSSAAGGEESSLOW BRAKE FLUID/HANDBRAKE ON .................... 153BRAKE PAD WEAR ............................................. 153SEAT BELTS NOT FASTENED................................. 153AIR BAG FAILURE............................................... 154PASSANGER’S FRONT AIR BAGS DEACTIVATED........ 155ENGINE COOLANT HIGH TEMPERATURE ................. 155ENGINE OIL HIGH TEMPERATURE.......................... 156LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE/EXHAUST OIL ........... 156LOW BATTERY CHARGE....................................... 157INCOMPLETE DOOR LOCKING .............................. 157BONNET OPEN.................................................. 157BOOT OPEN ..................................................... 157INJECTION SYSTEM FAILURE/EOBD SYSTEM FAILURE...................................... 158CAR PROTECTION SYSTEM FAILURE/STEERING LOCK INHIBITION ................................ 159ALARM FAILURE/BREAK-IN ATTEMPT/ELECTRONIC KEY NOT RECOGNIZED...................... 159POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE ON THE ROAD ........... 160PRE-HEATING GLOW PLUGS/PRE-HEATING GLOW PLUG FAILURE....................... 160WATER IN DIESEL FUEL FILTER............................. 161INERTIAL FUEL CUT-OFF SWITCHED ON ................ 161ABS SYSTEM FAILURE........................................ 162EBD SYSTEM FAILURE........................................ 162VDC SYSTEM ................................................... 162

HILL HOLDER FAILURE ....................................... 163ASR SYSTEM (WHEEL ANTISKID SYSTEM) ............ 163EXTERNAL LIGHTS FAILURE ................................. 164BRAKE LIGHTS FAILURE ...................................... 164REAR FOGLIGHTS .............................................. 164FRONT FOG LIGHTS ........................................... 164SIDE/TAILLIGHTS/FOLLOW ME HOME.................. 164DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS................................. 164MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS ................................... 165LEFT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR ........................ 165RIGHT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR...................... 165LIGHT SENSOR FAILURE....................................... 165RAIN SENSOR FAILURE........................................ 165PARKING SENSORS FAILURE................................ 165FUEL RESERVE - LIMITED CRUISING RANGE............ 165CRUISE CONTROL ............................................. 166DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER CLOGGED .................. 166ANTIPINCH SYSTEM FAILURE............................... 167WINDSCREEN WASHER FLUID LOW LEVEL ............. 167SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED...................................... 167T.P.M.S. SYSTEM FAILURE................................... 167CHECK TYRE PRESSURE...................................... 167LOW INFLATION PRESSURE................................. 168TYRE PRESSURE UNSUITABLE FOR SPEED ............ 168Alfawiki.nl

152

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WAR

NING

LIG

HTS

AND

MES

SAGE

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Very serious failures

These failures are repeated on the dis-play indefinitely and stop any previousindication on the display. These failuresare repeated each time the key is fit-ted into the ignition device until thecause of malfunctioning is removed. Tostop this “cycle” press button MENU:in this case the failure symbol stays onthe display at the bottom of the screenuntil the cause of malfunctioning is re-moved.

WARNING LIGHTSAND MESSAGES

GENERAL WARNINGS

Failure indications shown on the displayare divided into two categories: very se-rious and less serious failures.

Every failure indication is accompaniedby the turning on of the relevant warn-ing light (where provided) and by ded-icated warning messages, if any.

In certain cases, failure indications canbe accompanied by the sound of abuzzer (adjustable).

These indications are concise and cau-tionary and are aimed to suggest theprompt action the driver must adoptwhen a car malfunctioning appears.These indications, however, shall not beconsidered as exhaustive and/or as analternative to the specifications con-tained in this “Owner’s Manual”, whichshall always be read through carefullyand thoroughly.

In case of failure indication always referto the specifications contained in thissection.

Serious failures

These failures are repeated on the dis-play for about 20 seconds and then theygo off. These failures are repeated eachtime the key is fitted into the ignitiondevice. At the end of the displaying cy-cle (approx. 20 seconds), or whenpressing button MENU, the failure sym-bol will stay on the display at the bot-tom of the screen until the cause of mal-functioning is removed.

Alfawiki.nl

153

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WAR

NING

LIG

HTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

SEAT BELTS NOT FASTENED (red)

With car stationary, the warn-ing light turns on glowing steadily in thefollowing cases:

❒ driver’s seat belt not fastened;

❒ passenger’s seat belt not fastened,heavy objects placed on the passen-ger’s seat;

❒ when unfastening driver’s or passen-ger’s seat belt.

For the same reasons, with the car mov-ing, the warning light will turn on flash-ing and the warning buzzer will sound fora while.

The warning light will then stay on glow-ing steadily.

BRAKE PAD WEAR (amber)

The display will show message+ symbol when front brake pads areworn; in this case have them changedas soon as possible.

IMPORTANT Since the car is fittedwith wear sensors for the front brakepads, when changing them, check alsothe rear brake pads.

d

<If the warning lightturns on when travel-

ling, check that the handbrakeis not engaged. If the warninglight stays on with handbrakedisengaged, stop the car im-mediately and contact AlfaRomeo Authorized Services.

WARNINGLOW BRAKE FLUID(red)

HANDBRAKE ON(red)

Fitting the key into the ignition devicethe warning light turns on, but it shouldgo off after few seconds.

Low brake fluid levelThe warning light turns on (with a ded-icated message on the display) whenthe level of the brake fluid in the reser-voir falls below the minimum level, dueto possible leak in the circuit.

Handbrake onThe warning light turns on when thehandbrake is on.

x

Alfawiki.nl

AIR BAG FAILURE(red)

Fitting the key into the ignitiondevice the warning light turns on, butit should go off after few seconds.

The warning light stays on glowingsteadily with the message on the dis-play to indicate a failure in the air bagsystem.

The buzzer can be muted temporarily bythe following procedure:

❒ fasten front seat belts;

❒ fit the electronic key into the ignitiondevice;

❒ wait for over 20 seconds but less than1 minute, then unfasten one of thefront seat belts.

This procedure will be valid until turningthe engine off.

For permanent buzzer deactivation con-tact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services. The“seat belt reminder” system can be re-activated only through the “Setup Menu”of the display (see paragraph “Recon-figurable multifunction display“ in section“Dashboard and controls”).

154

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WAR

NING

LIG

HTS

AND

MES

SAGE

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

¬

If the warning light¬� does not turn on

when fitting the key into theignition device, or if stays onwhen travelling (together withthe message on the display),this could indicate a failure insafety retaining system; underthis condition air bags or pre-tensioners could not trigger inthe event of collision or, in arestricted number of cases,they could trigger accidental-ly. Before restarting contactAlfa Romeo Authorized Ser-vices.

WARNING

Warning light ¬ failureis indicated by the flash-

ing for more than the normal 4seconds of the passenger'sfront air bag deactivated warn-ing light F. In addition, the airbag system will deactivate au-tomatically the passenger'sfront air bag (front and sidewhere provided). In this eventwarning light ¬ could not in-dicate failure in safety systems.Before restarting contact AlfaRomeo Authorized Services im-mediately to have the systemchecked.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

155

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WAR

NING

LIG

HTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

PASSENGER’SFRONT AIR BAGSDEACTIVATED (amber)

The warning light (set on the front ceil-ing light panel) turns on when passen-ger’s front air bags, passenger’s kneesair bag (for versions/markets, whereprovided) and passenger’s front side bagare deactivated through the relevant keyswitch (for versions/markets, whereprovided). With passenger’s front airbags on, fitting the key into the ignitiondevice the warning light shall turn onglowing steadily for about 4 seconds,shall flash for other 4 seconds and thenit shall turn off.

F– Car heavy duty (e.g.: towing trail-er uphill or fully laden car): decreasespeed, if the warning light stays on, stopthe car. Wait for 2 or 3 minutes leavingthe engine on and slightly accelerated tofurther activate the circulation of thecoolant fluid, then switch the engine off.

IMPORTANT Under severe use of thecar, keep the engine on and slightly ac-celerated for few minutes before switch-ing it off.

Warning light Ffailureis indicated by warning

light¬. In addition, the air bagsystem will deactivate auto-matically the passenger's frontair bag (front and side). Beforerestarting contact Alfa RomeoAuthorized Services immedi-ately to have the systemchecked.

WARNING

ENGINE COOLANT HIGH TEMPERATURE (red)

Fitting the key into the ignition device, thewarning light (set on engine coolantgauge) turns on but it shall go off after afew seconds. The warning light turns on(with a dedicated message on the display)to indicate engine overheating. If the warn-ing light comes on, proceed as follows:

– Normal driving conditions: stopthe car, switch off the engine and checkwhether the water level in the reservoiris not below the MIN mark. Otherwisewait for few seconds to allow enginecooling, then open slowly and carefullythe cap, top up coolant and checkwhether its level is falling between MINand MAX marks in the reservoir. Checkvisually any leak. If when restarting thewarning light comes on again, contactAlfa Romeo Authorized Services.

u

With engine hot, do notremove the cap: risk of

burnt.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

156

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WAR

NING

LIG

HTS

AND

MES

SAGE

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

ENGINE OIL HIGH TEMPERATURE

Fitting the key into the ignitiondevice, the warning light (set on engineoil temperature gauge) turns on but itshould go off a few seconds later.

Warning light turning on when travelling(together with the message on the dis-play) indicates that engine oil is too hot;switch the engine off and contact AlfaRomeo Authorized Services.

`LIGHT STAYS ON:LOW ENGINE OILPRESSURE (red)

FLASHING LIGHT: EXHAUSTED ENGINEOIL (only Dieselversions with DPF –red)

Fitting the key into the ignition device,the warning light switches on and shouldgo out as soon as the engine is started.

1. Low engine oil pressure

The warning light turns on and stays onconstantly (for versions/markets, whereprovided) along with the message onthe display when the system detectsthat engine oil pressure is low.

v

If warning light ̀ startsflashing when travelling,contact Alfa Romeo


2. Exhausted engine oil (only Diesel versions with DPF)

The warning light will flash and a specificmessage will appear on the display (forversions/markets, where provided). Thewarning light may flash in the follow-ing ways, depending on the version:

– for 1 minute every two hours;

– for 3 minute cycles with the warninglight off for intervals of 5 seconds untiloil is changed.

After the initial warning, each time theengine is started up, the warning lightwill continue to flash in the above men-tioned modes, until the oil is changed.A specific message will appear on the dis-play (for versions/markets, where pro-vided) in addition to the warning light.

If the warning light flashes, this does notmean that the car is defective but sim-ply informs the driver that it is now nec-essary to change the oil as a result ofregular vehicle use.

If the warning lightv turns on when

the vehicle is travelling (oncertain versions together withthe message on the display)stop the engine immediatelyand contact a Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

157

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WAR

NING

LIG

HTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

LOW BATTERYCHARGE (red)

If symbol w + message aredisplayed, contact immediately

Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

w

INCOMPLETE DOORLOCKING (red)

Symbol´ + message on thedisplay indicate that one of the doorsis not closed.

´BOOT OPEN

Symbol R (red) + message on the display indicate

that the boot is open.

BONNET OPEN (for versions/markets, where provided)

Symbol S (red) + message on thedisplay indicate that the bonnet is open.

S

R

Exhausted engine oilshould be replaced as

soon as possible after thewarning light comes on, nevermore than 500 km after thewarning light first comes on.Failure to change the oil with-in the first 500 km may resultin severe damage to the en-gine and will result in forfei-ture of the warranty.Remem-ber that when the warninglight flashes, it does not meanthat the level of engine oil islow, so if the light flashes youmust not top up.

WARNING

Note that engine oil is exhausted fasterunder the following circumstances:

– use of the vehicle prevalently for citydriving, requiring more frequent regen-eration of DPF

– use of the vehicle for short drives, inwhich the engine does not have time toreach its regular operating temperature

– repeated interruption of the regener-ation process, signalled by the DPF warn-ing light coming on.

Alfawiki.nl

158

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WAR

NING

LIG

HTS

AND

MES

SAGE

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

EOBD system failure(for versions/markets, where provided)

Under normal conditions, fitting the elec-tronic key into the ignition device, thewarning light turns on, but it should gooff when the engine has started. This in-dicates proper operation of the warn-ing light.

If the warning light stays on or turns onwhen travelling:

– glowing steadily (together withthe message on the display): means afault in the supply/ignition systemwhich could cause high emissions at theexhaust, possible lack of performance,poor handling and high consumption lev-els. In these conditions it is possible tocontinue driving without however re-quiring heavy effort or high speed fromthe engine. Prolonged use of the carwith the warning light on may causedamages. Contact Alfa Romeo Autho-rized Services as soon as possible.

The warning light goes off if the faultdisappears, but it is however stored bythe system.

If when fitting the key in-to the ignition device, thewarning light U does

not turn on or if turns on withfixed light or flashing when thecar is travelling, contact AlfaRomeo Authorized Services assoon as possible. Warning lightU operation can by checked bytraffic agents by proper equip-ment therefore, comply withlaws and regulations in force inthe country where you are dri-ving.

INJECTION SYSTEM FAILURE (dieselversions - amber)

EOBD SYSTEM FAILURE (petrol versions - amber)(for versions/markets, where provided)

Injection system failure

Fitting the key into the ignition devicethe warning light turns on, but it shouldgo off when the engine has started.

The warning light stays on or it turns onwhen travelling to indicate a malfunc-tion in the injection/exhaust systemwith possible lack of performance, poordriveability and high consumption.

In these conditions it is possible to con-tinue driving without however requiringheavy effort or high speed from the en-gine. In any case, contact Alfa RomeoAuthorized Services as soon as possible.

U– flashing: indicates the possibility ofdamage to the catalyst (see “EOBD sys-tem” in section “Dashboard and con-trols”). If the light flashes, it is neces-sary to release the accelerator pedal tolower the speed of the engine until thewarning light stops flashing; continuethe journey at moderate speed, tryingto avoid driving conditions that maycause further flashing and contact AlfaRomeo Authorized Services as soon aspossible.

Alfawiki.nl

159

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WAR

NING

LIG

HTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

CAR PROTECTIONSYSTEM FAILURE (amber)

STEERING LOCKINHIBITION (amber)

Car protection system failure

The message on the display indicatescar protection system failure: in thisevent contact Alfa Romeo AuthorizedServices as soon as possible.

Steering lock inhibition

The display will show a dedicated mes-sage when the engine is killed by re-moving the electronic key from the ig-nition device while the car is moving.

>ALARM FAILURE(amber)(for versions/markets, where provided)

BREAK-IN ATTEMPT(amber)ELECTRONIC KEYNOT RECOGNIZED (amber)

Alarm failure

The message + symbol on the displayindicate a failure in the alarm system.Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Servicesas soon as possible.

Break-in attempt

The message + symbol on the displayindicate an attempt of break-in. ContactAlfa Romeo Authorized Services as soonas possible.

YElectronic key not recognized

The message + symbol on the display in-dicate that the electronic key being usedfor start-up is not enabled.

Alfawiki.nl

160

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WAR

NING

LIG

HTS

AND

MES

SAGE

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

This cycle is performed only once whenthe outside temperature read is lowerthan or equal to 3°C and it can be re-peated only when outside temperatureexceeds 6 °C and then falls down to 3 °C or below.

IMPORTANT In the event of outsidetemperature sensor failure, the displaywill show dashes instead of the value.

PRE-HEATING GLOWPLUGS (dieselversions - amber)

PRE-HEATING GLOWPLUGS FAILURE(diesel versions - amber)

Pre-heating glow plugs

Fitting the key into the ignition devicethe warning light turns on and it will turnoff when glow plugs reach the presettemperature. Start the engine immedi-ately after warning light switching off.

IMPORTANT With mild or hot ambi-ent temperature, warning light stays onfor very short time.

m

POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICEON THE ROAD

When the outside temperature reachesor falls below 3°C, the display will showa warning message and symbol √ towarn the driver of the possible presenceof ice on the road.

On certain versions, once the abovewarning indication cycle is over or whenpressing briefly the button MENU:

– the displayed message goes off andpreviously active screen is displayedagain;

– temperature indication stops flashing;

– symbol √ stays displayed at the bot-tom right of the screen (until outsidetemperature is lower than or equal to6°C).

Alfawiki.nl

161

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WAR

NING

LIG

HTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Pre-heating glow plugs failure

The warning light (on certain versionstogether with the message on the dis-play) will flash to indicate a failure in thepre-heating glow plugs system. ContactAlfa Romeo Authorized Services as soonas possible to have the failure eliminat-ed.

WATER IN DIESELFUEL FILTER(diesel versions -amber)

The warning light turns on glowingsteadily (together with the message onthe display), when travelling to indicatethat there is water in the diesel fuel fil-ter.

c

The presence of water inthe fuel circuit maycause serious damage to

the entire injection system andcause irregular engine opera-tion. If the warning light c onthe dial turns on (on certain ver-sions together with the mes-sage on the display) contact Al-fa Romeo Authorized Servicesas soon as possible to have thesystem relieved. If the aboveindications come on immediate-ly after refuelling, water hasprobably been poured into thetank: turn the engine off imme-diately and contact Alfa RomeoAuthorized Services.

INERTIAL FUEL CUT-OFFSWITCHED ON

The intervention of the inertial fuel cut-off switch is indicated by a message +symbol on the display.

If, after a crash, yousmell fuel or see leaks

from the fuel system, do notreset the switch to avoid firerisk.

WARNING

s

Alfawiki.nl

162

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WAR

NING

LIG

HTS

AND

MES

SAGE

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

EBD SYSTEMFAILURE (red) (amber)

With the engine running theturning on at the same time

of warning lights > and x(together with the message on the dis-play) indicates that the EBD system isinefficient; in this case heavy brakingmay cause the rear wheels to lock be-fore time, with the possibility of skid-ding.

Drive with the utmost care to the near-est Alfa Romeo Authorized Service tohave the system checked.

VDC SYSTEM (amber)(for versions/markets, where provided)

Fitting the key into the ignition devicethe warning light turns on, but it shouldgo off after few seconds.

The warning light flashes when the VDCcuts in, to alert the driver that the sys-tem is adapting to the road surface gripconditions.

VDC deactivation

When the VDC is deactivated manually(pressing the ASR/VDC button for 2 sec-onds) (see paragraph “VDC system” insection “Dashboard and controls”) thedisplay will show the dedicated mes-sage.

VDC system failure

In the event of a failure the VDC systemis deactivated automatically and warn-ing light á turns on glowing steadily(together with a message on the dis-play). In this case contact Alfa RomeoAuthorized Services as soon as possible.

ABS SYSTEMFAILURE (amber)

Fitting the key into the ignitiondevice the warning light turns on, butit should go off after few seconds.

The warning light turns on (with a ded-icated message on the display) whenthe system is inefficient. In this case thebraking system keeps its effectivenessunchanged, but without the potential of-fered by the ABS system. Drive careful-ly and contact Alfa Romeo AuthorizedServices as soon as possible.

>

>

x á

Alfawiki.nl

163

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WAR

NING

LIG

HTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

ASR SYSTEM(WHEEL ANTISKIDSYSTEM)(amber)

Fitting the key into the ignition devicethe warning light turns on, but it shouldgo off after few seconds. The warninglight flashes when the system cuts in, toalert the driver that the system is adapt-ing to the road surface grip conditions.

ASR deactivation

When the ASR is deactivated manually(pressing the ASR/VDC button) (seeparagraph “ASR system” in section“Dashboard and controls”) the led onthe ASR/VDC button will turn on andthe display will show symbol V.

áHILL HOLDERFAILURE (amber)

In the event of a failure to the Hill Hold-er system, the display will show a mes-sage + symbol. In this case contact Al-fa Romeo Authorized Services.

*ASR system failure

In the event of a failure the ASR systemis deactivated automatically and the dis-play will show symbol V. In this casecontact Alfa Romeo Authorized Servicesas soon as possible.

Alfawiki.nl

164

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WAR

NING

LIG

HTS

AND

MES

SAGE

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

EXTERNAL LIGHTSFAILURE (amber)

The display will show message+ symbol when one of the followinglights is failing:

– sidelights– direction indicators– rear fog guards– number plate lights.

The failure referring to these lights couldbe: one or more blown bulbs, a blownprotection fuse or an electric connectioncut-off.

WBRAKE LIGHTS FAILURE (amber)

The display will show message + sym-bol when a failure at brake lights (stop)is detected.

The failure could be due to: blown bulb,blown protection fuse or electric connec-tion cut-off.

T

REAR FOG LIGHTS(amber)

The warning light turns onwhen the rear fog lights are turned on.

FRONT FOG LIGHTS(green)

The warning light turns onwhen the front fog lights are turned on.

4

5

SIDE/TAILLIGHTS(green)

FOLLOW ME HOME(green)

Sidelights

The warning light turns on whenside/taillights are turned on.

Follow me home

The warning light comes on (together withthe message on the display) when theFollow me home device is activated (seeparagraph “Follow me home” in section“Dashboard and controls”).

3

2DIPPED BEAMHEADLIGHTS(green)

The warning light turns on when thedipped beams are turned on.

Alfawiki.nl

165

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WAR

NING

LIG

HTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

MAIN BEAMHEADLIGHTS (blue)

The warning light turns onwhen the main beams are turned on.

1

LEFT-HAND DIRECTIONINDICATOR (green)

The warning light turns on when the di-rection indicator stalk is moved down-wards or, together with the right indi-cator, when the hazard light button ispressed.

RIGHT-HANDDIRECTIONINDICATOR (green)

The warning light turns on when the di-rection indicator stalk is moved upwardsor, together with the left indicator, whenthe hazard light button is pressed.

R

E

LIGHT SENSORFAILURE(amber)

(for versions/markets, where provided)

The display will show message + sym-bol to indicate a failure at the light sensor.

1

RAIN SENSORFAILURE(amber)


The display will show message + sym-bol to indicate a failure at the rain sen-sor.

u

PARKING SENSORFAILURE (amber)


The display will show message + sym-bol to indicate a failure at parking sen-sors.

t

FUEL RESERVE – LIMITED CRUISINGRANGE (amber)

The warning light on the fuel level gaugeturns on when about 10 litres fuel areleft in the tank. When the cruising rangeis less than 50 km (o 31 mi), the dis-play will show a warning message .

K

If warning light K startsflashing when travel-ling, contact Alfa Romeo


Alfawiki.nl

166

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WAR

NING

LIG

HTS

AND

MES

SAGE

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

CRUISE CONTROL (green)(for versions/markets, where provided)

The warning light turns on (togetherwith the message on the display) whenturning the knurled ring of the CruiseControl to Ü

Ü

CLEANING DPF(PARTICULATEFILTER) INPROGRESS(only Diesel versionswith DPF - amber)

Fitting the key into the ignition devicethe warning light switches on but it mustswitch off after a few seconds. Thewarning light comes on constantly to no-tify the driver that the DPF system needsto eliminate captured pollutants (par-ticulate) by the regeneration process.The warning light does not come on dur-ing every DPF regeneration, but onlywhen driving conditions require notifi-cation of the driver. To switch the warn-ing light off, the car must stay in motionuntil regeneration has been completed.

h

The process normally takes about 15minutes. The optimum conditions to endthe process are achieved by keeping thecar in motion up to 60 km/h with anengine speed higher than 2,000 rpm.This light coming on is not a car defectand therefore the car does not need togo to the workshop. A specific messagewill appear on the display when thewarning light comes on (for ver-sions/markets, where provided).

Always drive at aspeed appropriate to

the traffic conditions, theweather and speed limits. Theengine may be turned offwhile the DPF light is on; how-ever, repeated interruption ofthe regeneration process mayresult in premature exhaustionof engine oil. For this reason itis always advisable to waitfor the light to go off beforeturning off the engine, follow-ing the instructions appearingabove. It is not advisable tocomplete DPF regenerationwith the vehicle stationary.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

167

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WAR

NING

LIG

HTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

ANTIPINCH SYSTEMFAILURE (amber)

The display will show message+ symbol when failure is detected in theantipinch system.

Before contacting Alfa Romeo Autho-rized Services perform window initial-ization procedure (see section “PowerWindows” in chapter “Dashboard andcontrols”). If the issue persists, refer toAlfa Romeo Authorized Services.

5

WINDSCREENWASHER FLUIDLOW LEVEL(amber)

The display will show message + sym-bol when the windscreen washer fluidlevel falls down the preset min. level.

)

SPEED LIMITEXCEEDED

The display will show the ded-icated message + symbol (red) and thebuzzer will sound when the car exceedsthe speed limit set through the “SetupMenu” (e.g.: 120 km/h) (see para-graph “Reconfigurable Multifunction Dis-play” in section “Dashboard and con-trols”).

X

T.P.M.S. SYSTEMFAILURE (for versions/markets, where provided)

On certain versions the display will showa warning message + symbol (amber)when a failure is detected in the T.P.M.S.system (Tyre Pressure Monitoring Sys-tem). Contact Alfa Romeo AuthorizedServices as soon as possible.

Should one or more wheels without sen-sor be fitted, the display will show awarning message until initial conditionsare restored.

n

CHECK TYREPRESSURE(for versions/markets, where provided)

On certain versions the display will showa warning message + symbol (amber)to indicate the flat tyre.

Should two or more tyre be flat, the dis-play will show the indications corre-sponding to each tyre in sequence.

Restore proper inflation pressure valuesas soon as possible (see paragraph“Cold inflation pressures” in section“Technical Specifications”).

n

Alfawiki.nl

168

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WAR

NING

LIG

HTS

AND

MES

SAGE

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

TYRE PRESSUREUNSUITABLE FOR SPEED (for versions/markets, where provided)

Should it be required to journey at aspeed higher than 160 km/h, inflatetyres at full load pressures (see paragraph“Cold inflation pressures” in section "Tech-nical Specifications").

On certain versions, if the T.P.M.S. sys-tem detects that the pressure of one ormore tyres is unsuitable for the currentspeed the display will show a message +symbol (amber) that will stay on until thecar speed slow downs below the presetthreshold.

nIMPORTANT In this case slow downimmediately since tyre overheating couldimpair tyre performance and life beyondrepair, and even make the tyre to blow-out.

IMPORTANT Should you have to jour-ney anyway a speed higher than 160km/h, stop the car when the displayshows the warning symbol to inflate tyresto the proper pressure values (see para-graph "Cold inflation pressures" in section"Technical Specifications ").

LOW TYREPRESSURE(for versions/markets, where provided)

On certain versions the display will showa warning message + symbol (red) (andbuzzer will sound) when the pressure ofone or more tyres falls below the presetthreshold. In this way the T.P.M.S. sys-tem warns the driver that tyre/s is/aredangerously flat; possible puncture.

IMPORTANT Stop immediately withone or more tyres flat, avoid brakingsharply and abrupt turns. Replace im-mediately the punctured tyre with thespace-saver spare wheel (for ver-sions/markets, where provided) or re-pair the puncture tyre using the proper kit(see paragraph “If a tyre is punctured”in section “In an emergency”) and thencontact Alfa Romeo Authorized Servicesas soon as possible.

n

Alfawiki.nl

169

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

IINN AANN EEMMEERRGGEENNCCYY

JUMP STARTING ............................................... 170

IF A TYRE IS PUNCTURED ................................... 171

QUICK TYRE REPAIR KIT FIX&GO automatic ........... 176

WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE A BULB ................... 182

IF AN EXTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT...................... 185

IF AN INTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT ...................... 191

IF A FUSE BLOWS ............................................. 194

IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT...................................... 204

JACKING THE CAR.............................................. 205

TOWING THE CAR ............................................. 206

In an emergency we recommend that you call the freephone number found in the Warranty Booklet. You can also consult www.alfaromeo.com to find

your nearest Alfa Romeo Authorised Services.

Alfawiki.nl

170

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

JUMP STARTING

If the battery is flat, it is possible to startthe engine using an auxiliary batterywith the same capacity or a little high-er than the flat one.

Proceed as follows fig. 1:

❒ Connect positive terminals (+ nearthe terminal) of the two batterieswith a jump lead;

❒ With a second lead, connect the neg-ative terminal (–) of the auxiliarybattery and to an earthing point Eon the engine of the car to be start-ed;

❒ Start the engine;

❒ When the engine has been started,remove the leads reversing the orderabove.

If after a few attempts the engine doesnot start, do not insist but contact AlfaRomeo Authorized Service.

IMPORTANT Do not directly connectthe negative terminals of the two bat-teries: sparks could ignite the flamma-ble gas from the battery. If the other bat-tery is fitted in another car, prevent ac-cidental contacts between the metalparts of the two cars.

Under no circumstancesshould a battery chargerbe used to start the en-

gine: it could damage the elec-tronic systems and in particularthe ignition and injection controlunits.

Do not carry out thisprocedure if you lack

experience; if it is not donecorrectly it can cause very in-tense electrical discharges. Inaddition, the fluid contained inthe battery is poisonous andcorrosive. Avoid contact withskin and eyes. You are also ad-vised not to put naked flamesor lighted cigarettes near thebattery and not to causesparks.

WARNING

A0F0201mfig. 1

Alfawiki.nl

171

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

IF A TYRE IS PUNCTURED

The car is equipped with the “Quick tyrerepair kit Fix&Go automatic“. Opera-tions required to change a wheel are de-scribed in the following section.

As an alternative to the “Kit Fix & Goautomatic”, the car can be provided (up-on request) with space-saver sparewheel: wheel changing and correct useof the jack call for some precautions aslisted below.

BUMP STARTING

Never bump start the engine (by push-ing, towing, or coasting downhill) as thiscould cause fuel to flow into the catalyticexhaust system and damage it beyondrepair.

Remember that thebrake booster and the

power steering system are notoperating until the engine isstarted, a greater effort willtherefore be required to pressthe brake pedal or turn thesteering wheel.

WARNING

Alert other drivers thatthe car is stationary in

compliance with local regula-tions: hazard warning lights,warning triangle etc. Any pas-sengers on board should leavethe car, especially if it is heav-ily laden. Passengers shouldstay away from oncomingtraffic while the wheel is be-ing changed on. If the wheel isbeing changed on a steep orbadly surfaced road, place thewedges or other suitable ma-terial under the wheel to stopthe car. Never start the enginewhen the car is jacked up. Ifyou were towing a trailer, un-couple the trailer before jack-ing the car.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

172

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

The space-saver sparewheel (for versions/

markets, where provided) isspecific to your car; do not useit on other models, or use thespare wheel of other modelson your car. The space-saverspare wheel shall only be usedin an emergency. It shall onlybe used for the distance nec-essary to reach a service pointand the car speed shall not ex-ceed 80 Km/h. The sparewheel has a sticker that sum-marises the main cautions foruse and limitations. The stick-er should never be removed orcovered!

WARNINGWhen driving with aspace-saver spare

wheel fitted, the driving per-formance of the car changes.Avoid accelerating or brakingsharply, abrupt turns or fastcornerings. The life of thespare wheel is approx. 3000Km, after this distance itshould be replaced with an-other of the same type. Nev-er attempt to fit a conven-tional tyre on a rim designedfor use as a space-saver sparewheel. Have the puncturedwheel repaired and refitted assoon as possible. Two or morespace-saver spare wheelsshould never be used togeth-er. Do not grease the threadsof bolts before installing them:they might slip out.

WARNINGThe jack shall only beused for changing

wheels on the car with whichit is provided or on cars of thesame model. It must not be usedfor other purposes such as forinstance raising cars of othermodels. In no case should it beused for repairs under the car.Incorrect positioning of the jackmay cause the jacked car to fall.Do not use the jack for highercapacities than stated on its la-bel. Snow chains cannot be fit-ted to the space-saver sparewheel. So, if a front (drive)wheel is punctured and chainsare needed, a rear wheel shouldbe fitted to the front of the carand the spare wheel should befitted to the rear. This way withtwo normal drive wheels, snowchains can be fitted to them tosolve an emergency.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

173

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Please note:

❒ the jack weight is 1.76 kg;

❒ the jack requires no adjustment;

❒ the jack cannot be repaired. If itbreaks it must be replaced with anew jack;

❒ no tool other than its cranking de-vice may be fitted on the jack.

To change a wheel proceed as follows:

❒ Stop the car in a position that is notdangerous for oncoming trafficwhere you can change the wheelsafely. The ground should be flat andadequately firm;

❒ Turn the engine off, pull up the hand-brake and engage first gear or re-verse;

❒ Using handle A-fig. 2, lift the stiffcover B;

Never tamper with theinflation valve. Never

place tools between the rimand tyre. Check and restore, ifrequired, the pressure of tyresand spare wheel to the valuesgiven in section “TechnicalSpecifications”.

WARNING

A0F0132mfig. 2

❒ remove the box as shown in fig. 3;

❒ for versions fitted with “quick tyrerepair kit Fix&Go” take the tool con-tainer fig. 4 out of the boot;

A0F0007mfig. 3

A0F0134mfig. 4

Alfawiki.nl

174

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

❒ Loosen the fastening bolts and thenremove the wheel;

❒ Make sure the contact surfaces be-tween space-saver spare wheel andhub are clean so that the fasteningbolts will not come loose;

❒ for versions fitted with space-saverspare wheel, loosen fastener A-fig. 5, take the tool container B,and bring it near the wheel to bechanged, then take out the space-saver spare wheel;

❒ Loosen the bolts of the wheel to bereplaced by about one turn with thewrench provided A-fig. 5a; shakethe car to facilitate rim removal fromthe wheel hub;

❒ Operate the device F-fig. 6 to ex-tend the jack until the top of the jackG fits correctly into catch H;

❒ The jack shall be fitted as shown infig. 6;

A0F0208mfig. 6

A0F0195mfig. 6

❒ Warn anybody nearby that the car isabout to be lifted. They must stayclear and not touch the car until itis back on the ground;

❒ Fit the handle L-fig. 7 to operatethe jack and lift the car until thewheel to be changed is several cen-timetres off the ground;

A0F0206mfig. 5aA0F0019mfig. 5

Alfawiki.nl

175

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

❒ fit the space-saver spare wheel mak-ing one of the holes A-fig. 8 co-incide with the relevant pin B;

❒ Using the wrench provided, fullytighten the five fastening bolts;

❒ Lower the car and remove the jack;

❒ Use the wrench provided to fastenthe bolts completely in a criss-crossfashion according to the sequenceshown in fig. 9.

REFITTING A NORMALWHEEL

Following the procedure described pre-viously, raise the car and remove thespare wheel.

Proceed as follows:

❒ tighten pin A-fig. 10 in one of theholes of the wheel hub fasteningbolts;

❒ insert the wheel on the pin and, us-ing the wrench provided, tighten thefour bolts available;

A0F0210mfig. 9A0F0209mfig. 8 A0F0211mfig. 10

❒ loosen pin A-fig. 10 and tightenthe last fastening bolt;

❒ lower the car and remove the jack,then, using the wrench provided tight-en the bolts according to the se-quence previously shown for thespace-saver spare wheel fig. 9.

Alfawiki.nl

176

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

When you have finished:❒ Stow the spare wheel in the space

provided in the boot;❒ Fit the jack partially open in its con-

tainer forcing it lightly to prevent itfrom vibrating when travelling;

❒ Put the tools back into their placesin the container;

❒ Arrange the container complete withtools on the space-saver sparewheel;

❒ Reposition properly the boot stiff cov-ering.

A0F0114mfig. 11

QUICK TYRE REPAIRKIT FIX&GOautomatic

The car is provided with the quick tyrerepair kit “FIX&GO automatic”, insteadof the traditional tool kit and space-saverspare wheel.

The kit fig. 11 is placed in the boot. Inthe kit container you will also find thescrewdriver and the tow hitch.

The quick tyre repair kit includes:

❒ a bottle A-fig. 11 containing thesealer, fitted with:- filling pipe B- sticker C bearing the notice “max.80 km/h”, to be placed in a po-sition visible to the driver (on theinstrument panel) after fixing thetyre;

❒ compressor D with pressure gaugeand fittings;

Alfawiki.nl

177

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARA0F0048mfig. 12

It should be noticed that:

The sealing fluid of the quick tyre re-pair kit is effective with external tem-peratures between –20°C and +50°C.The sealing fluid has limited life.

❒ instruction brochure fig. 12, usedfor prompt and proper use of thequick repair kit and to be then hand-ed to the personnel charged withtreating the tyre repaired with thekit;

❒ a pair of protection gloves located inthe side space of the compressor;

❒ adapters for inflating different ele-ments.

Hand the instructionbrochure to the per-

sonnel charged with treatingthe tyre repaired with the kit.

WARNING

In the event of a punc-ture caused by foreignbodies, it is possible to

repair tyres showing damageson the track or shoulder up tomax 4 mm diameter.

Holes and damages onthe tyre side walls can-

not be repaired. Do not use thequick tyre repair kit if damag-ing is due to running with flattyre.

WARNING

Repairs are not possi-ble in case of damages

on the wheel rim (bad groovedistortion causing air loss). Donot remove foreign bodies(screws or nails) from thetyre.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

178

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

The cylinder containsethylene glycol. The

cylinder contains latex: it cancause allergic reactions. It isharmful if ingested or inhaledand irritant for the eyes and incase of contact. In case of con-tact rinse immediately withwater and take off contami-nated clothes. If swallowed,do not induce vomit, rinse outthe mouth, drink a lot of wa-ter and call the doctor imme-diately. Keep away from chil-dren. This product must not beused by asthmatics. Do not in-hale vapours. Call the doctorimmediately in case of aller-gic reactions. Keep the cylin-der in the space provided forthe purpose and far from heat.The sealing fluid has limitedlife.

WARNING

Proceed as follows:

❒ set the wheel to be repaired withvalve A-fig. 13 in the positionshown in the figure, then pull upthe handbrake, take the quicktyre repair kit and put it on theground near the wheel to be re-paired;

INFLATING PROCEDURE

A0F0212mfig. 13

Put on the protectiongloves provided to-

gether with quick tyre repairkit.

WARNING

The compressor shallnot be operated for

more than 20 minutes. Risk ofoverheating!. Tyres repairedwith the quick tyre repair kitshall be used temporarily on-ly.

WARNING

Replace the cylinder ifsealer has run out. Donot throw away the

cylinder and the sealing fluid.Have the sealing fluid and thecylinder disposed of in compli-ance with national and local reg-ulations.

Alfawiki.nl

179

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

❒ if after 5 minutes it is still impossi-ble to reach at least 1.5 bar, disen-gage compressor from valve and cur-rent outlet, then move the car forthfor approx. ten metres in order to dis-tribute the sealing fluid inside thetyre evenly, then repeat the inflationoperation;

❒ if after this operation it is still im-possible after 5 minutes to reach atleast 1.8 bar, do not start drivingsince the tyre is excessively dam-aged and the quick tyre repair kit cannot guarantee suitable sealing,contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services;

❒ loosen tyre inflation valve cap, takeout the filler hose A-fig. 14 andscrew the ring nut B-fig. 15 on thetyre valve;

❒ make sure the compressor switch A-fig. 16 is set to 0 (off), start theengine and fit plug A-fig. 17 in-to the outlet/cigar lighter on thefront console and then turn on thecompressor by setting switch A-fig.16 to I (on);

❒ inflate the tyre to the pressure spec-ified in paragraph “Wheels” in sec-tion “Technical Specifications”. Checktyre pressure on gauge B-fig. 16with compressor off to obtain precisereading;

A0F0116mfig. 14

A0F0214mfig. 15

A0F0213mfig. 16 A0F0217mfig. 17

Alfawiki.nl

❒ after reaching the tyre pressure spec-ified in paragraph “Wheels” in sec-tion “Technical Specifications”, startdriving immediately;

180

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Apply the sticker in avisible position for the

driver to indicate that the tyrehas been treated with thequick tyre repair kit. Drivecarefully especially when cor-nering and do not exceed 80km/h. Avoid heavy brakingand accelerating.

WARNING

You shall absolutelycommunicate that the

tyre has been repaired withthe quick tyre repair kit. Handthe instruction brochure to thepersonnel charged with treat-ing the tyre repaired with thekit.

WARNING

If pressure falls below1.8 bar, stop the car

since the tyre is excessivelydamaged and the quick tyrerepair kit Fix & Go automaticcannot guarantee suitablesealing. Contact Alfa RomeoAuthorized Services.

WARNING

❒ after driving for about 10 minutesstop and check again the tyre pres-sure; pull up the handbrake;

❒ if at least 1.8 bar pressure is read,restore proper pressure (with enginerunning and handbrake on) andrestart;

❒ drive with the utmost care to thenearest Alfa Romeo Authorized Service.

Alfawiki.nl

181

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARA0F0215mfig. 18 A0F0216mfig. 19

CHECKING AND RESTORINGPRESSURE ONLY

The compressor can be also used just forrestoring pressure. Disconnect the quickconnection A-fig. 18 and connect it di-rectly to the tyre valve fig. 19; in thisway the cylinder is not connected to com-pressor and the sealing fluid will not flowinto the tyre.

A0F0047mfig. 20

Inform other peopledriving the car that the

tyre has been repaired usingthe quick tyre kit. Hand thesticker to the personnel thatwill carry out restoring oper-ations.

WARNINGCYLINDER REPLACEMENTPROCEDURE

To replace the cylinder proceed as fol-lows:

❒ disconnect connection A-fig. 20and hose B;

❒ turn counter-clockwise the cylinderto replace and raise it;

❒ fit the new cylinder and turn it clock-wise;

❒ refit connection A or connect hoseB into its seat.

Alfawiki.nl

182

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

❒ When a light is not working, checkthat the corresponding fuse is intactbefore changing a bulb. For the lo-cation of fuses, refer to the para-graph “If a fuse blows” in this sec-tion;

❒ Before changing a bulb check thecontacts for oxidation;

❒ Burnt bulbs must be replaced by oth-ers of the same type and power;

❒ Always check the height of the head-light beam after changing a bulb.

IMPORTANT The headlight inner sur-face may be lightly misted over: this isnot a fault but a natural fact due to lowtemperature and level of air humidity. Itwill disappear as soon the headlights areturned on. The presence of drops insidethe headlights means water infiltration,therefore contact Alfa Romeo AuthorizedServices.

WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE A BULB

Modifications or re-pairs to the electrical

system (electronic controlunits) carried out incorrectlyand without bearing the fea-tures of the system in mindcan cause malfunctions withthe risk of fire.

WARNING

Due to high voltage,the bulb of (Bixenon)

gas-discharge headlights mustonly be replaced by experts:danger of death! Contact AlfaRomeo Authorized Services.

WARNING

Halogen bulbs containpressurised gas which,

if broken, may cause smallfragments of glass to be pro-jected outwards.

WARNING

Halogen bulbs must behandled touching only

the metallic part. If the trans-parent bulb is touched with thefingers, its lighting intensity isreduced and life of the bulbmay be compromised. Iftouched accidentally, rub thebulb with a cloth moistenedwith alcohol and allow to dry.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

183

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

B Bayonet type bulbs: press thebulb, turn counter-clockwise to re-move this type of bulb from itsholder.

C Tubular bulbs: release themfrom their contacts to remove.

D-E Halogen bulbs: to remove thebulb, release the clip holding thebulb in place.

F Gas-discharge bulbs (Bixenon).

TYPES OF BULBS fig. 21

Various types of bulbs are fitted to yourcar:

A Glass bulbs: clipped into posi-tion. Pull to remove.

A0F0117mfig. 21

Alfawiki.nl

184

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

BULBS FIGURE 21 TYPE POWER

Main beam headlights D H7 55W

Dipped beam headlights D H7 55W

Main beams/Dipped beams (versions with Bixenon headlights) (where provided) F D1S 55W

Additional main beams (where provided) D H1 55W

Front sidelights (1 per headlight) A W5WB 5W

Taillights B P21/5W 5W

Front fog lights E H7 55W

Front direction indicator B PY21W 21W

Side direction indicator A W5W 5W

Rear direction indicator B P21W 21W

Brake lights B P21/5W 21W

Third brake light A W2.3W 2.3W

Reversing light B P21W 21W

Rear fog lights B P21W 21W

Number plate lights A W5W 5W

Front ceiling light 2xA+1C 2xW5+10W 5+5+10W

Boot light C 10W 10W

Courtesy mirror lights A 1.5W 1.5W

Glovebox light A W5W 5W

Puddle/door lights A W5W 5WAlfawiki.nl

185

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Main beam headlights (halogen bulbs)

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:

❒ remove cover A-fig. 22 by turningit counter-clockwise;

❒ disconnect the electric connector A-fig. 23;

❒ release the bulb holder catch B;

IF AN EXTERIORLIGHT BURNS OUT

For the type of bulb and power rating,see “When needing to change a bulb”.

FRONT LIGHT UNITS

The front light units contain main beam,sidelights, direction indicator and dippedbeam bulbs.

To change the bulbs, turn cap counter-clockwise and then remove it.

The bulbs are arranged inside the lightunit fig. 22 as follows:

A Main beam headlights

B Sidelights/direction indicators

C Dipped beam headlights

A0F0191mfig. 22

After replacement, re-fit the covers correctly

checking that they are proper-ly secured.

WARNING

A0F0223mfig. 23

❒ remove the bulb and replace it;

❒ fit the new bulb and refit bulb hold-er catch B;

❒ reconnect the electrical connector A;

❒ refit the protective cover properly.

Alfawiki.nl

186

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Sidelights


❒ turn cover B-fig. 22 counter-clock-wise;

❒ press tab A-fig. 24, remove thebulb and replace it;

❒ refit the bulb holder, it shall click in-to place; look at the light from theoutside to check for proper bulb po-sitioning;


A0F0193mfig. 24 A0F0194mfig. 25 A0F0192mfig. 26

Front direction indicators


❒ turn cover B-fig. 22 counter-clock-wise;

❒ turn the bulb holder A-fig. 25 coun-terclockwise, remove the bulb and re-place it;

❒ refit the bulb holder, it shall click intoplace; look at the light from the out-side to check for proper bulb posi-tioning;


Dipped beam headlights (halogen bulbs)


❒ turn cover C-fig. 22 counter-clock-wise;

❒ disconnect the electric connector A-fig. 26;

❒ release the bulb holder catch B;

❒ remove the bulb and replace it;

❒ fit the new bulb and refit bulb holdercatch B;


Alfawiki.nl

187

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Side direction indicators


❒ push the lens by hand in oppositerunning direction in order to press thecatch A-fig. 27. Release the frontpart and remove the unit;

❒ turn the bulb holder B-fig. 28counterclockwise and remove it fromlens C.

A0F0163mfig. 27 A0F0164mfig. 28 Be careful not to dam-age the car body or thelens.

Due to high voltage,the bulb of (Bixenon)

gas-discharge headlights mustonly be replaced by experts:danger of death! Contact AlfaRomeo Authorized Services.

WARNING

Gas-discharge dippedbeam/main beam headlights(Bixenon) (where provided)

❒ remove bulb D and replace it;

❒ fit the bulb holder B into the lens Cthen position the unit, the catch shallclick into place A-fig. 27.

Alfawiki.nl

188

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

REAR LIGHT UNITS

Rear light units contain: reversing light,rear fog light, direction indicators, tail-lights, number plate lights, brake lightand third brake light bulbs.

To change these bulbs, open the boot,operate devices A-fig. 30 and removethe lid B.

A0F0165mfig. 30 A0F0166mfig. 31

The bulbs are arranged inside the lightunit fig. 31 as follows:

A Reversing light (left side)/rear foglight (right side)

B Brake lights/taillights

C Brake lights/taillight

D Direction indicators

A0F0196mfig. 29

Front fog lights fig. 29

IMPORTANT Contact Alfa Romeo Au-thorized Services to have front fog lightsreplaced and adjusted.

Alfawiki.nl

189

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Reversing light/rear fog light

Reversing light and rear fog light are lo-cated inside the rear light unit, one onthe left and the other on the right of thecar (according to running direction).To change the bulb, proceed as follows:❒ open the boot and the lid as de-

scribed previously (see fig. 30);❒ turn the bulb holder A-fig. 32

counterclockwise, remove the bulbB and replace it;

❒ refit the bulb holder, it shall click in-to place; look at the light from theoutside to check for proper bulb po-sitioning.

A0F0040mfig. 32 A0F0229mfig. 34

Taillights/Brake lights

The rear light unit houses two bulbs fortaillights/brake lights.


❒ open the boot and the lid as de-scribed previously (see fig. 30);

A0F0170mfig. 33

❒ turn the bulb holder A-fig. 33 orA-fig. 34 counterclockwise, re-move the bulb B and replace it;


Alfawiki.nl

190

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR


To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:

❒ open the boot and the lid as de-scribed previously (see fig. 30);

❒ turn the bulb holder A-fig. 35counterclockwise, remove the bulbB and replace it;


A0F0167mfig. 35

Additional brake light (third stop)

Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Servicesto have the third brake light replaced.

Number plate light

To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:

❒ operate with a flat blade screwdriverprotected by a soft cloth on device A-fig. 36 to remove the light unit B;

❒ remove the bulb holder C-fig. 37 byturning it slightly and replace the snap-fitted bulb D.

A0F0168mfig. 36 A0F0169mfig. 37

Alfawiki.nl

191

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

IF AN INTERIORLIGHT BURNS OUT

For the type of bulb and power rating,see “When needing to change a bulb”.

FRONT CEILING LIGHT

Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Servicesto have the bulb replaced.

COURTESY MIRROR LIGHTS


❒ open the mirror cover A-fig. 38;

❒ remove the bulb B levering in thepoints shown by the arrows;

❒ replace the bulb C-fig. 39 releas-ing it from the side contacts mak-ing sure that the new bulb is cor-rectly clamped between the con-tacts.

A0F0280mfig. 38 A0F0281mfig. 39

Alfawiki.nl

192

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

GLOVEBOX LIGHT


❒ open the glovebox;

❒ remove the light unit A-fig. 40 lev-ering in the point shown by the ar-row;

❒ raise protection B-fig. 41 and re-place the snap-fitted bulb;

❒ close protection B-fig. 41 on lightunit A-fig. 40;

❒ refit the light unit inserting first oneside and then the other one untilhearing the locking click.

A0F0172mfig. 40 A0F0173mfig. 41

BOOT LIGHT

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:❒ open the tailgate;❒ remove the light unit A-fig. 42 lev-

ering in the point shown by the ar-row;

A0F0205mfig. 42

Alfawiki.nl

193

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARA0F0204mfig. 43

❒ open the protection cover B-fig.43 and replace the bulb releasing itfrom the side contacts making surethat the new bulb is correctlyclamped between the contacts;

❒ re-close the protective cover B;❒ refit the light unit inserting first one

side and then the other one untilhearing the locking click.

PUDDLE LIGHT


❒ open the door and remove lens A-fig. 44 levering in the point shownby the arrow;

❒ raise protection B-fig. 45 and re-place the snap-fitted bulb;

A0F0075mfig. 44

❒ close protection B-fig. 45 on lightunit A-fig. 44;

❒ refit the light unit inserting first oneside and then the other one until hear-ing the locking click.

A0F0235mfig. 45

Alfawiki.nl

194

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR A0F0119mfig. 46

Never replace a brokenfuse with anything oth-er than a new fuse.

Never change a fusewith another with a

higher amp rating, danger offire.

WARNING

If a general fuse(MEGA-FUSE, MAXI-

FUSE) cuts in, do not attemptany repair and contact AlfaRomeo Authorized Services.Before changing a fuse, checkthe ignition key has been re-moved and that all the otherelectric devices have beenturned off/disabled.

WARNING

If a general protectionfuse for safety sys-

tems (air bag system, brakingsystem), power unit systems(engine system, transmissionsystem) or steering system istriggered, contact Alfa RomeoAuthorized Services.

WARNING

IF A FUSE BLOWS

GENERAL

The fuse is a protective device for theelectric system: it comes into action (i.e.it cuts off) mainly due to a fault or im-proper action on the system.

When a device does not work, check theefficiency of its fuse. The conductor el-ement must be intact; if not, replace thefuse with one of the same amp rating(same colour).

A: undamaged fuse

B: fuse with damaged filament.

To replace a fuse, use the pliers Chooked to the fusebox on the dash-board.

Alfawiki.nl

195

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

FUSE LOCATION

Fuses are grouped into four fuse boxesto be found respectively on the dash-board, on the battery positive pole, nearthe battery and inside the boot (left-hand side).

Fuse box on the dashboard

To gain access to the fuses in the fusebox on the dashboard, loosen the fas-tening screw A-fig. 47 and removethe cover B.

A0F0157mfig. 47

A0F0124mfig. 48

Alfawiki.nl

196

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Fuse box on the batterypositive pole

To gain access to the fuses in the fusebox on the battery positive pole pressthe retainers A-fig. 49 and removethe protection cover B.

A0F0126mfig. 49

A0F0125mfig. 50

Alfawiki.nl

197

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Fuse box near the battery

To gain access to the fuses, loosen thetwo fastening screws A-fig. 51 andremove the protection cover B.

A0F0128mfig. 51

A0F0123mfig. 52

Alfawiki.nl

198

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Fuse box in the boot (left-hand side) fig. 54

To gain access to the fuses, remove thecover A-fig. 53 as shown by the ar-row.

NOTE On certain versions the fuse boxis located under the boot mat, in centralposition.

A0F0129mfig. 53

A0F0269mfig. 54

Alfawiki.nl

199

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

FUSE SUMMARY TABLE

LIGHTS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE

Right main beam headlight F14 10 52

Left main beam headlight F15 10 52

Right dipped beam headlight F12 15 48

Left dipped beam headlight F13 15 48

Front fog light F30 15 52

Reversing light F35 7.5 48

Third brake light F37 10 48

Front/rear ceiling light F39 10 48

Front ceiling light F49 7.5 48

Direction indicators F53 10 48

Hazard lights F53 10 48

USERS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE

Engine compartment control unit F70 (MEGA-FUSE) 150 50

Instrument panel control unit F71 70 50

Fuel pre-heating unit (diesel versions) F73 60 50

Boot control unit F01 (MAXI-FUSE) 70 52

Instrument panel control unit F01 (MAXI-FUSE) 70 52

Alfawiki.nl

200

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR


Climate control system fan F02 (MAXI-FUSE) 40 52

Electric steering lock F03 (MAXI-FUSE) 20 52

Brake branch point (pump) F04 (MAXI-FUSE) 40 52

Brake branch point (solenoid valve) F05 (MAXI-FUSE) 40 52

Radiator fan (low speed) F06 (MAXI-FUSE) 40 52

Radiator fan (high speed) F07 (MAXI-FUSE) 50 52

Headlight washer F09 20 52

Horns F10 15 52

Electronic injection sundry secondary services F11 15 52

+ INT for electronic injection system F16 7.5 52

Electronic injection primary services F17 10 52

Engine control branch point F18 15 52

Climate control system compressor F19 7.5 52

Rear window heating F20 20 52

Fuel pump supply F21 20 52

Ignition coils/injectors (petrol versions) F22 15 52

Electronic injection primary services (diesel versions) F22 20 52

Sound system/Radionavigation system power F23 15 52

Body Computer branch point/Headlight washer relay coil F31 7.5 48

Driver’s door branch point/passenger’s door branch point/ignitiondevice F32 15 48

Disponible F33 – 48

Disponible F34 – 48Alfawiki.nl

201

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR


Water in diesel fuel filter sensor/flow meter F35 7.5 48

Brake light switch/central console control panel F35 7.5 48

Cruise Control F35 7.5 48

AQS sensor F35 7.5 48

Disponible F36 – 48

Instrument panel branch point F37 10 48

Front headlight control unit/Power to control unitfor gas-discharge headights (Bixenon) (where provided) F37 10 48

Boot locking/unlocking gearmotor F38 15 48

EOBD system diagnostic socket F39 10 48

T.P.M.S. control unit F39 10 48

Mobile phone presetting F39 10 48

Alarm system control unit (for versions/markets, where provided) F39 10 48

Climate control system F39 10 48

Heated rear window F40 30 48

Windscreen washer/rear window washer nozzle demister F41 7.5 48

Heated mirror demister F41 7.5 48

Brake branch point power (ABS/VDC) – Steering angle branch point – Yawing sensor F42 7.5 48

Windscreen wiper/washer F43 30 48Alfawiki.nl

202

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR


Front cigar lighter on central console F44 10 48

Powered sun curtain control unit F46 20 48

Radionavigation system F49 7.5 48

Rain sensor control unit F49 7.5 48

Steering wheel branch point F49 7.5 48

Control buttons panel F49 7.5 48

Parking sensor branch point F49 7.5 48

Central console control lights F49 7.5 48

Front seat controls light F49 7.5 48

Windscreen services F49 7.5 48

Mobile phone presetting F49 7.5 48

START/STOP button F49 7.5 48

Air Bag system F50 7.5 48

Tyer pressure monitoring system control unit F51 7.5 48

Sound system presetting F51 7.5 48

Rear window washer/wiper F52 15 48

Instrument panel branch point F53 10 48

Sound system amplifier with DSP F54 30 54

HI-FI audio amplifier F54 30 54

Front left seat movement control F56 25 54Alfawiki.nl

203

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR


Front left seat warming F57 7.5 54

Front right seat movement control F60 25 54

Subwoofer amplifier F61 15 54

Front right seat warming F67 7.5 54

Free F58 – 54

Free F59 – 54

Free F62 – 54

Free F63 – 54

Free F64 – 54

Free F66 – 54

Free F68 – 54

Free F69 – 54

Free F77 – 54

Left power window F78 30 54

Free F79 – 54

Right power window F80 30 54

Alfawiki.nl

204

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT

IMPORTANT The description of thebattery charging procedure is describedonly for informative purposes. This op-eration should be carried out by AlfaRomeo Authorized Services.

Charging should be slow at a low amprating for 24 hours. Charging for alonger time may damage the battery.

Charge the battery as follows:

❒ disconnect battery negative terminal(–);

❒ connect the charger cables to thebattery terminals, observing thepoles;

❒ turn on the charger;

❒ when you have finished, turn thecharger off before disconnecting thebattery;

❒ reconnect battery negative terminal(–).

The liquid in the batteryis poisonous and corro-

sive. Do not let it touch theskin or eyes. Recharging thebattery should be done in awell ventilated area awayfrom naked flames or possiblesources of sparks: explosionand fire risk.

WARNING

Do not attempt torecharge a frozen bat-

tery. Thaw it first, otherwiseit could explode. If the batteryfroze, make sure the internalelements are not broken andthat the casing is not cracked:risk of spilling the poisonousand corrosive fluid.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

205

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

JACKING THE CAR

USING AN ARM LIFT ORWORKSHOP LIFT

Never jack the car from the front side,the car can only be jacked at the sides,jack arms or workshop lift shall beplaced as shown in fig. 55. In anycase, contact Alfa Romeo AuthorizedServices.

A0F0195mfig. 55

WITH THE JACK

See instructions given in paragraph“Wheel replacement” in this section

Alfawiki.nl

206

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

TOWING THE CAR

The tow ring provided with the car ishoused in the tool container.

A0F0230mfig. 56

TOW RING HOOKING

Front

Proceed as follows:

❒ take the tow hook from the tool con-tainer;

❒ remove the snap-fitted plug A-fig.56 from the front bumper. If using theflat blade screwdriver provided as stan-dard, protect its tip with a soft cloth toprevent damaging the car.

❒ tighten the tow hook in its seat.

PRECAUTIONS FORTOWING THE CAR

To prevent damaging the transmissioncomponents, tow the car only in one offollowing ways:

❒ with front wheels raised and rearwheels resting on a truck providedfor the purpose;

❒ with rear wheels raised and frontwheels resting on a truck providedfor the purpose;

❒ with front and rear wheels on theflatbed of a wrecker or maintenancevehicle.

Alfawiki.nl

207

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN A

N EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Rear

Take the tow ring from the tool containerand tighten it into seat A-fig. 57.

A0F0176mfig. 57

Before fitting the hook,clean accurately its

threaded seat. Before startingto tow, make sure to havetighten the hook.

WARNING

Do not start the enginewhen towing the car.

WARNINGBefore starting to tow,disengage the steering

lock (see paragraph “Ignitiondevice” in section “Dashboardand controls”). When towing,remember that without thehelp of the brake booster andpower steering, a greater ef-fort is required on the pedaland steering wheel. Do not useflexible cables for towing andavoid jerks. During towing op-erations make sure that fas-tening the joint to the car doesnot damage the components incontact with it. When towingthe car, you must comply withthe specific traffic regulationsregarding the tow ring andhow to tow on the road.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

208

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

The front and rear towhooks must only be

used for emergency situationson the road. The vehicle maybe towed for short distanceswhen a dedicated device isused in compliance with theHighway Code (rigid bar), inorder to move the vehicle onthe road in preparation fortowing by a tow truck Towhooks MUST NOT be used totow vehicles off the road orwhere there are obstaclesand/or for towing operationsusing cables or other non-rigiddevices. Respecting the aboveconditions, towing must onlytake place with two vehicles(one towing, the other towed)travelling as far as possible inalignment along the same cen-treline.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

209

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

CCAARR MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEESCHEDULED SERVICING...................................... 210

SERVICE SCHEDULE ........................................... 211

PERIODICAL CHECKS .......................................... 213

USE OF THE CAR UNDER HEAVY CONDITIONS ........ 213

CHECKING FLUID LEVELS .................................... 214

AIR FILTER/POLLEN FILTER ................................ 222

BATTERY .......................................................... 222

WHEELS AND TYRES.......................................... 226

RUBBER HOSES ................................................ 228

WINDSCREEN/REARSCREEN WIPER .................... 228

BODYWORK ..................................................... 230

INTERIORS ....................................................... 233

Alfawiki.nl

210

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

SCHEDULEDSERVICING

Correct maintenance is essential for en-suring long car life under the best condi-tions.

This is why Alfa Romeo has programmeda series of checks and maintenance op-erations every 35,000 km (or 21,000mi).

IMPORTANT The actual engine oil andfilter change frequency depends on theconditions of use of the car and is sig-nalled by means of a warning light ormessage (where provided) on the in-strument panel.

IMPORTANT At 2000 km from thescheduled service, the display will showa dedicated message.

It is however important to remember thatscheduled servicing does not completelycover all the car’s requirements: also inthe initial period before 35,000 km (or21,000 mi) service coupon and later, be-tween one coupon and another, ordinarycare is still required such as for exampleroutine check and topping up the level offluids, tyre pressure check, etc...

IMPORTANT The Programmed Main-tenance coupons are specified by theManufacturer. The failure to have themcarried out may invalidate the warranty.

Scheduled Servicing is performed by allAlfa Romeo Authorized Services, at pre-established times.

If during whatever service operation, inaddition to the ones programmed, theneed arises for further replacements orrepairs, these may be carried out onlywith the explicit agreement of the Cus-tomer.

IMPORTANT You are advised to con-tact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services inthe event of any minor operating faults,without waiting for the next servicecoupon.

If your car is used frequently for towing,the interval between one service couponand the other must be reduced.

Alfawiki.nl

211

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

35 70 105 140 175

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ●

● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

SERVICE SCHEDULE

Thousands of km

Check tyre conditions/wear and adjust pressure if required

Check light system operation (headlights, direction indicators, hazard lights, boot lights, passenger compartment lights, glovebox lights, warning lights, etc.)

Check windscreen wiper/washer operation,adjust nozzles if required

Check windscreen/rear window blade position/wear

Check front disk brake pad conditions and wearand wear indicator operation

Check rear disk brake pad conditions and wear

Sight inspect the conditions of: body external parts, underbodyprotection, pipes and hoses (exhaust - fuel - brakes), rubber parts (boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.)

Check cleanness of locks, bonnet and boot and lever cleanness and lubrication

Check and top up, if required, fluid levels(brakes/hydraulic clutch, power steering, windscreen washer, battery, engine coolant, etc.)

Check and adjust handbrake lever stroke

Sight inspect accessory drive belt conditions

Check exhaust emissions (petrol versions)

Check exhaust emissions/smoke (diesel versions)

Check engine control system operation (through diagnosis socket)Alfawiki.nl

212

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

35 70 105 140 175

●

●

●

● ●

●

● ●

● ●

●

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ●

● ● ● ● ●

Thousands of km

Replace accessory drive belt/s

Replace timing belt (1750 TURBO BENZINA versions) (*)

Replace timing belt (diesel versions) (*)

Change spark plugs (1750 TURBO BENZINA versions)

Change spark plugs (3.2 JTS and 2.2 JTS Selespeed versions)

Replace diesel fuel filter (diesel versions)

Change air cleaner cartridge

Change front transmission gear oil (3.2 JTS 4x4 versions)Changing engine oil and oil filter (3.2 JTS and 2.2 JTS Selespeed versions) (or every 24 months) Changing engine oil and oil filter (1750 TURBO BENZINA versions) (**)(or every 12 months)

Change engine oil and oil filter (diesel versions with DPF) (**) (or every 24 months)

Change engine oil and oil filter (diesel versions without DPF) (or every 24 months)

Change brake fluid (or every 24 months)

Change pollen filter (or every 24 months)

(*) Regardless of the km covered, the timing belt shall be replaced every 4 years for particularly demanding use (cold climates, driving in the city, idlingfor a long time) or in any case every 5 years.

(**) The engine oil and the filter must be changed when the instrument panel warning light comes on (see “Warning lights and Messages” chapter) and in all cas-es every 24 months.If the car is used mainly in towns the engine oil and filter need to be changed every 12 months

Alfawiki.nl

213

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

USE OF THE CARUNDER HEAVYCONDITIONS

Should prevailing use of the car be un-der one of the following specially heavyconditions:

❒ trailer or caravan towing;

❒ dusty roads;

❒ short distances (less than 7-8 km)and repeated with external temper-atures below zero;

❒ frequently idling engines or long dis-tance low speed driving (e.g.: door-to-door deliveries) or in case of a longterm inactivity;

❒ urban routes;

carry out checks more frequently thanrequired on Service Schedule:

❒ check front disk brake pad conditionsand wear;

❒ check cleanness of bonnet and bootlocks and lever cleanness and lubri-cation;

❒ sight inspect the conditions of: en-gine, gearbox, transmission, pipesand hoses (exhaust - fuel - brakes),rubber parts (boots, sleeves, bushes,etc.);

❒ check battery charge and fluid level(electrolyte);

❒ visual check on various drive belt con-ditions;

❒ change engine oil and oil filter, if re-quired;

❒ check and replace pollen filter, if re-quired;

❒ check and replace air cleaner, if re-quired.

PERIODICAL CHECKS

Every 1,000 km or before long jour-neys, check and top up if required:

❒ engine coolant fluid level;

❒ brake fluid level;

❒ windscreen washer fluid level;

❒ tyre pressure and conditions.

❒ check light system operation (head-lights, direction indicators, hazardlights, etc.);

❒ check windscreen wiper/washer op-eration and windscreen/rear windowblade position/wear;

Every 3,000 km check and top up if re-quired: engine oil level.

You are recommended to usePETRONAS LUBRICANTS prod-ucts, designed and produced specifical-ly for Alfa Romeo cars (see table “Ca-pacities” in section “Technical specifi-cations”).

Alfawiki.nl

214

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

CHECKING FLUID LEVELSRefer to section Technical Specificationsfor fluid amounts.

fig. 1 - 1750 TURBO BENZINA versions

2

4

1

6 53

A0F0275m

Never smoke whileworking in the engine

compartment; gas and inflam-mable vapours may be pre-sent, with the risk of fire.

WARNING

When topping up takecare not to confuse thevarious types of fluids:

they are all incompatible withone another and could serious-ly damage the car.

1. Engine oil 2. Battery 3. Brake fluid - 4. Windscreen washer fluid5. Engine coolant6. Power steering fluid fig. 1/a - 2.2 JTS Selespeed versions A0F0161mAlfawiki.nl

215

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

1. Engine oil 2. Battery 3. Brake fluid - 4. Windscreen washer fluid5. Engine coolant6. Power steering fluid fig. 2 - 3.2 JTS versions

A0F0038m

fig. 3 - 2.0 JTDM versions

6 5 3

2 4

1

A0F0274m

1. Engine oil 2. Battery 3. Brake fluid4. Windscreen washer fluid5. Engine coolant6. Power steering fluid

Alfawiki.nl

216

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

fig. 4 - 2.4 JTDM versions A0F0203m

1. Engine oil 2. Battery 3. Brake fluid4. Windscreen washer fluid5. Engine coolant6. Power steering fluid

Alfawiki.nl

217

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

ENGINE OIL

Fig. 5: 1750 TURBO BENZINA versions

Fig. 5/a: 2.2 JTS Selespeed versions

Fig. 6: 3.2 JTS versions

Fig. 7: 2.0 JTDM versions

Fig. 8: 2.4 JTDM versions

Checking engine oil

Check the oil level a few minutes (about5) after the engine has stopped, withthe car parked on level ground.

A0F0277mfig. 5

A0F0276mfig. 7


Remove the dipstick A and clean it, putit back in completely, remove it andcheck that the level is within the MINand MAX marks on the dipstick. Thegap between the MIN and MAXmarks corresponds to about one litre ofoil.

A0F0018mfig. 5

Alfawiki.nl

Engine oil consumption

Max engine oil consumption is usually400 grams every 1000 km.

When the car is new, the engine needsto run in, therefore the engine oil con-sumption can only be considered sta-bilised after the first 5000 - 6000 km.

IMPORTANT The oil consumption de-pends on driving style and the conditionsunder which the car is used.

IMPORTANT Do not add oil withspecifications other than that alreadyin the engine.

Topping up engine oil

If the oil level is near or even below theMIN mark, add oil through the fillerneck B, until reaching the MAX mark.Oil level shall never exceed the MAXmark.

IMPORTANT If a routine check re-veals that the oil level is above theMAX mark, contact Alfa Romeo Au-thorized Services to have the correct lev-el restored.

IMPORTANT After adding or chang-ing the oil, let the engine turn over fora few seconds and wait a few minutesafter turning it off before you check thelevel.

218

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

When the engine is hot,take care when work-

ing inside the engine compart-ment to avoid burns. Remem-ber that when the engine ishot, the fan may cut in: dangerof injury. Scarves, ties andother loose clothing might bepulled by moving parts.

WARNING

Used engine oil and fil-ter contain harmful sub-stances for the environ-

ment. Contact Alfa Romeo Au-thorized Services to have the oiland filter changed.

Alfawiki.nl

219

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

The cooling system usesPARAFLUUP that shall beused for topping up and

that cannot be mixed with oth-er types of fluids. Should otherfluids be added, do not start theengine and contact Alfa RomeoAuthorized Services as soon aspossible.

Do not remove thereservoir cap when the

engine is hot: you risk scaldingyourself.

WARNING

The cooling system ispressurised. If neces-

sary, replace the cap only withanother genuine one, other-wise system efficiency couldbe compromised.

WARNING

ENGINE COOLANT FLUID fig. 9

If the level is low, pour slowly a mixtureof 50% distilled water and 50%PARAFLUUP through the filler neck A.

A 50% mixture of distilled water andPARAFLUUP gives freeze protection to–35°C.

For particularly hard climate conditions,we recommend use of a 60%PARAFLUUP and 40% demineralizedwater mixture.

A0F0017mfig. 9

WINDSCREEN/HEADLIGHTWASHER FLUID fig. 10

To top up, remove the cap A and thenpour a mixture of water and TUTELAPROFESSIONAL SC 35, in the fol-lowing concentrations:

❒ 30% TUTELA PROFESSIONALSC 35 and 70% water in summer;

❒ 50% TUTELA PROFESSIONALSC 35 and 50% water in winter.

In case of temperatures below –20°C,use undiluted TUTELA PROFES-SIONAL SC 35.

A0F0029mfig. 10

Alfawiki.nl

220

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Do not travel with thewindscreen washer

reservoir empty. The wind-screen washer is fundamentalfor improving visibility.

WARNING

Certain commercial ad-ditives for windscreen

washers are inflammable. Theengine compartment containshot components which may setit on fire.

WARNING POWER STEERING FLUID fig. 11-12

Check that the fluid level in the reservoiris at maximum level: this operation shallbe carried out with the car on level sur-face, engine not running and cold.

Check that the fluid level is at the MAXmark on the reservoir or at the top mark(maximum level) shown on the dipstickunder the reservoir cap.

If the fluid level in the reservoir is belowthe specified level, top up as follows:

❒ start the engine and wait until thefluid level in the reservoir has stabi-lized;

A0F0027mfig. 11 - 1750 TURBO BENZINA2.2 JTS Selespeed - 2.4 JTDM versions

A0F0234mfig. 12 - 3.2 JTS - 2.0 JTDM versions

❒ with the engine started, turn re-peatedly the steering wheel fullyrightwards and leftwards;

❒ top up until reaching the MAXmark then refit the cap.

IMPORTANT For this operation it ishowever recommended to always con-tact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

Do not allow the pow-er steering fluid to

touch the hot parts of the en-gine: it is inflammable.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

221

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Brake fluid is poisonousand highly corrosive. In

the event of accidental contact,wash the parts involved im-mediately with neutral soapand water, then rinse thor-oughly. Call the doctor imme-diately if the fluid is swal-lowed.

WARNING

BRAKE FLUID fig. 13

Check that the fluid level in the reservoiris at maximum. Top up with the brakefluid specified in the table “Fluids andlubricants” (see section “Technical Spec-ifications”).

NOTE Clean accurately the tank cap Aand the surrounding surface. Whenopening the cap take the utmost care toprevent impurities entering the tank.When topping up, always use a funnelwith built-in filter with mesh equal toor lower than 0.12 mm.

A0F0016mfig. 13

Make sure that the high-ly corrosive brake fluiddoes not drip onto the

paintwork. If it does, wash it offimmediately with water.

IMPORTANT For this operation it ishowever recommended to contact AlfaRomeo Authorised Services.

From time to time, check the instrumentpanel warning light x: pressing on capA (with key fitted into the ignition de-vice) the warning light shall turn on.

IMPORTANT Brake fluid absorbsmoisture. For this reason, if the car ismainly used in areas with a high degreeof atmospheric humidity, the fluid shouldbe replaced at more frequent intervalsthan specified in the Service Schedule.

Symbol π on the con-tainer indicates syn-

thetic brake fluid, distinguish-ing it from the mineral kind.Using mineral fluids irre-versibly damages the specialbraking system rubber seals.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

222

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

AIR FILTER/ POLLEN FILTER

Air cleaner or pollen filter replacementshall be carried out at Alfa Romeo Au-thorized Services.

BATTERY

The battery does not require top ups ofdistilled water to replenish the elec-trolyte. A periodic check carried out atan Alfa Romeo Authorised Services is,however, necessary to check efficien-cy.

IMPORTANT The charge in the bat-tery should be checked at the start ofwinter to limit the risk of electrolytefreezing. This check should be carriedout more frequently if the car is usedmainly for short trips, or if it is fitted withaccessories that permanently absorbelectricity also with the ignition key re-moved, especially in the case of aftermarket accessories.

After connecting / dis-connecting the battery,wait for 3 minutes at

least before fitting the electron-ic key into the ignition device inorder to allow the climate controlsystem control unit to reset thepositions of the electric actuatorsthat adjust air temperature anddistribution.

The liquid in the bat-tery is poisonous and

corrosive. Avoid contact witheyes and skin. Do not bringnaked flames or possiblesources of sparks near to thebattery: risk of fire and ex-plosion.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

223

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Running the batterywith low fluid level can

damage the battery beyondrepair and could also cause itsexplosion.

WARNING REPLACING THE BATTERY

If required, replace the battery with agenuine spare part having the samespecifications.

If a battery with different specificationsis fitted, the service intervals given inthe Service schedule in this section willno longer be valid.

Refer therefore to the instructions pro-vided by the battery manufacturer.

Incorrect fitting of elec-trical and electronic ac-cessories can seriously

damage the car. If after buyingthe car, you want to install elec-tric accessories which require per-manent electric supply (alarm,free-hand phone kit, etc.) contactAlfa Romeo Authorized Serviceswhose qualified personnel, in ad-dition to suggesting the mostsuitable devices, will evaluate theoverall electric absorption, check-ing whether the car’s electric sys-tem is capable of withstandingthe load required, or whether itshould be integrated with a morepowerful battery.

Batteries contain sub-stances that are veryharmful for the environ-

ment. You are advised to havethe battery changed at AlfaRomeo Authorized Services,which is properly equipped fordisposing of used batteries re-specting nature and the law.

Alfawiki.nl

224

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

If the car is left inactivefor long periods at cold,

remove the battery and storeit in a warm place to preventfreezing.

WARNINGWhen working on thebattery or near it, al-

ways wear the proper gog-gles.

WARNING USEFUL ADVICE FOR LENGTHENING THE LIFE OFYOUR BATTERY

To avoid draining your battery andlengthen its life, observe the followingindications:❒ when you park the car, ensure the

doors, tailgate and bonnet are closedproperly;

❒ the ceiling lights must be off. The caris however provided with an auto-matic system for switching off inter-nal lights;

❒ do not keep accessories (e.g.: soundsystem, hazard lights, etc.) switchedon for a long time when the engineis not running;

❒ before performing any operation onthe electrical system, disconnect thebattery negative terminal cable;

❒ battery terminals shall always beperfectly tightened.

Alfawiki.nl

225

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

IMPORTANT A battery which is keptat a charge of less than 50% for anylength of time will be damaged by sul-phation leading to a reduction in crank-ing power.Moreover, this might lead to a higherrisk of the battery electrolyte freezing(this may even occur at –10°C). If thecar is inactive for a long period of time,refer to “Car inactivity”, in section “Cor-rect use of the car”.

If after buying the car, you want to in-stall electric accessories which requirepermanent electric supply (alarm, etc.)contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Serviceswhose qualified personnel, in additionto suggesting the most suitable devicesavailable at Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo,will evaluate the overall electric ab-sorption, checking whether the car’selectric system is capable of withstand-ing the load required, or whether itshould be integrated with a more pow-erful battery. In fact, since these devicescontinue absorbing energy even whenthe ignition key is off, they gradually rundown the battery.

The total intake of these systems (fac-tory and after-market) must be less than0.6 mA x Ah (of the battery) as shownin the following table:

Battery Maximumadmitted

stand-by intake

50 Ah 30 mA

60 Ah 36 mA

70 Ah 42 mA

90 Ah 54 mA

Alfawiki.nl

226

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Incorrect pressure causes abnormal tyrewear fig. 14:

A normal pressure: tread evenly worn.

B low pressure: tread particularly wornat the edges.

C high pressure: tread particularly wornin the centre.

Tyres must be replaced when the treadwears down to 1.6 mm. In any case,comply with the laws in the countrywhere the car is being driven.

IMPORTANT NOTES

As far as possible, avoid sharp brakingand screech starts, etc. Be careful not tohit the kerb, potholes or other obstacleshard. Driving for long stretches overbumpy roads can damage the tyres.

Periodically check that the tyres have nocuts in the side wall, abnormal swellingor irregular tyre wear. If any of these oc-cur, have the car seen to at Alfa RomeoAuthorized Services.

Avoid overloading the car when travel-ling: this may cause serious damage tothe wheels and tyres; if a tyre is punc-tured, stop immediately and change itto avoid damage to the tyre, the rim,suspensions and steering system.

WHEELS AND TYRES

Check the pressure of each tyre, includ-ing the space-saver spare wheel, everyfour weeks and before long journeys:pressure should be checked with the tyrerested and cold.

For the correct tyre inflation pressure,see “Wheels” in “Technical specifica-tions” section.

A0F0120mfig. 14

Alfawiki.nl

227

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Remember that roadholding depends also

on the correct tyre inflatingpressure.

WARNING

If the pressure is toolow the tyre overheats

and this can cause it seriousdamage.

WARNINGNever submit alloyrims to repainting

treatments requiring to usetemperatures exceeding150°C since the mechanicalproperties of the wheels couldbe impaired.

WARNING

Do not cross switch thetyres, moving them

from the right of the car to theleft and vice versa.

WARNINGTyres age even if they are not usedmuch. Cracks in the tread rubber are asign of ageing. In any case, if the tyreshave been on the car for over 6 years,they should be checked by specialisedpersonnel, to see if they can still beused. Also remember to check the space-saver spare wheel.

In the case of replacement, always fitnew tyres, avoiding those of dubious ori-gin.

If a tyre is changed, also change the in-flation valve; to allow even wear be-tween the front and rear tyres, it is ad-visable to change them over every 10-15 thousand kilometres, keeping themon the same side of the car so as to notreverse the direction of rotation.

Alfawiki.nl

228

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WINDSCREEN/REARSCREENWIPERS

BLADES

Periodically clean the rubber part usingspecial products TUTELA PROFES-SIONAL SC 35 is recommended.

If the rubber blades are bent or wornthey should be replaced. In any casethey should be changed once a year.

RUBBER HOSES

As far as the brake system and fuel rub-ber hoses are concerned, carefully fol-low the Service schedule in this section.

Indeed ozone, high temperatures andprolonged lack of fluid in the systemmay cause hardening and cracking ofthe hoses, with possible leaks. Carefulcontrol is therefore necessary.

Driving with wornwiper blades is a seri-

ous hazard, because visibilityis reduced in bad weather.

WARNING

A few simple notions can reduce the pos-sibility of damage to the blades:

❒ if the temperature falls below zero,make sure that ice has not frozenthe rubber against glass. If neces-sary, thaw using an antifreeze prod-uct;

❒ remove any snow from the glass:in addition to protecting the blades,this prevents effort on the motor andoverheating;

❒ do not operate the windscreenwipers on dry glass.

Alfawiki.nl

229

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Changing the rearscreenwiper blades

Proceed as follows:

❒ raise cover A-fig. 16 and removethe arm by loosening the nut B thatsecures it to the revolving pin;

❒ fit the new arm, tighten the nut Band then lower the cover A.

SPRAY NOZZLES

If the jet of fluid is missing, firstly checkthat there is fluid in the reservoir: see“Checking fluid levels” in this section).

Then check that the nozzle holes are notclogged, if necessary use a needle.

Fluid jets shall be directed at about 1/3height from the window upper edge.

HEADLIGHT WASHERS

Regularly check that the spray jets areintact and clean.

The headlight washers are automatical-ly switched on when the windscreenwasher is operated and the dippedbeams are on.

Changing the windscreenwiper blades fig. 15

How to remove the blade:

– raise the windscreen wiper arm A;

– turn the blade B by 90° around pinC, on the final section of the arm;

– remove the blade from the pin C.

How to refit the new blade:

– fit pin C into the hole in the middleof the blade B;

– refit the arm with the blade on thewindscreen.

A0F0080mfig. 15 A0F0249mfig. 16

Alfawiki.nl

230

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

These include:

❒ Painting products and systems whichgive the car particular resistance tocorrosion and abrasion;

❒ Use of galvanised (or pretreated)steel sheets, with high resistance tocorrosion;

❒ Spraying of plastic parts, with a pro-tective function, in the more exposedpoints: underdoor, inner fender parts,edges, etc;

❒ Use of “open” boxed sections to pre-vent condensation and pockets ofmoisture from triggering rust inside;

❒ Use of special anti-abrasion protec-tive tapes in the most exposed areas(e.g.: rear mudguard, etc.).

BODY AND UNDERBODYWARRANTY

Your car is covered by warranty againstperforation due to rust of any original el-ement of the structure or body. For thegeneral terms of this warranty, refer tothe Alfa Romeo Warranty booklet.

BODYWORK

PROTECTION FROM ATMOSPHERIC AGENTS

The main causes of corrosion are the fol-lowing:

❒ atmospheric pollution;

❒ salty air and humidity (coastal areas,or hot humid climates);

❒ seasonal environment conditions.

Not to be underestimated is also theabrasive action of wind-borne atmos-pheric dust and sand and mud and grav-el raised by other cars.

On your car, Alfa Romeo implementedthe best manufacturing technologies toeffectively protect the bodywork againstcorrosion.

Alfawiki.nl

231

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

To wash the car correctly proceed as fol-lows:

❒ remove the aerial from the roof toprevent damage to it if the car iswashed in an automatic system;

❒ wash the body using a low pressurejet of water;

❒ wipe a sponge with a slightly soapysolution over the bodywork, fre-quently rinsing with the sponge;

❒ rinse well with water and dry witha jet of air or a chamois leather.

NOTE Cars with metallic opaque paintmust be exclusively hand washed usingneutral PH detergents and cleaned/dried with wet chamois leather.

ADVICE FOR PRESERVINGTHE BODYWORK

Paint

Paintwork does not only serve an aes-thetic purpose, but also protects the un-derlying sheet metal.

In the case of deep scrapes or scores,you are advised to have the necessarytouching up carried out immediately toavoid the formation of rust. Use onlyoriginal paint products for touching up(see “Bodywork paint identificationplate” in section “Technical specifica-tion”).

Normal paint maintenance consists inwashing at intervals depending on theconditions and environment of use. Forexample, in highly polluted areas, or ifthe roads are sprayed with salt, it is wiseto wash the car more frequently.

Detergents cause waterpollution. Therefore thecar should be washed

in areas equipped for collectingand purifying the liquid used inthe washing process.

When drying, take particular care withthe less visible parts like door surrounds,bonnet and around the headlights wherewater may stagnate. The car should notbe taken to a closed area immediately,but left in the open so that residual wa-ter can evaporate.

Do not wash the car after it has been leftin the sun or with the bonnet hot: thismay alter the shine of the paintwork.

In order to preserve theaesthetic appearance ofthe metallic opaque

paint abrasive products and/orpolishes should not be used forcleaning the car or removingpossible abrasions/scratches. Incase of need, contact AlfaRomeo Authorized Services.

Alfawiki.nl

232

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Engine compartment

At the end of the winter the engine com-partment should be carefully washed,without directing the jet against electroniccontrol units. Contact a specialised work-shop to have this done.

IMPORTANT The car should bewashed with the engine cold and the keyremoved from the ignition device. Afterwashing make sure that the various pro-tections (e.g. rubber caps and various cov-ers) have not been damaged or removed.

Front headlights

Front headlights shall be washed withsoft cloth moistened with water and cardetergent.

IMPORTANT Cleaning headlight lens-es with a dry cloth will damage theheadlights with lack of performance asa consequence. Solvents mat the lens-es with lack of performance as a con-sequence.

IMPORTANT When washing frontheadlights using a water nozzle, keepthe water jet at 2 cm at least from lens-es.

Exterior plastic parts must be cleaned inthe same way as the rest of the car.

Where possible, do not park under trees;the resinous substance many species re-lease give the paint a dull appearanceand increase the possibility of triggeringrust processes.

IMPORTANT Bird droppings must bewashed off immediately and thorough-ly as the acid they contain is particular-ly aggressive.

Windows

Use specific window cleaner products.Use also clean cloths to avoid scratchingthe glass or damaging the transparen-cy.

IMPORTANT The inside of therearscreen should be wiped gently witha cloth in the direction of the filamentsto avoid damaging the heating device.

Alfawiki.nl

CLEANING LEATHER SEATS(for versions/markets, where provided)

Remove dried on dirt with lightly moist-ened chamois leather or cloth withoutpressing too hard.

Remove liquid or grease stains with a dryabsorbent cloth without rubbing. Thenwipe with a soft cloth or chamois leatherwith water and neutral soap.

If the stain persists, use specific prod-ucts, carefully following the instructionsfor use.

IMPORTANT Never use spirit or al-cohol-based products.

233

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Upholstery of your carhas been designed towithstand wear deriv-

ing from common use of the car.You are however recommendedto avoid strong and/or contin-uous scratching with clothing ac-cessories such as metallic buck-les, studs, Velcro fastenings andthe like, since these items causecircumscribed stress of the cov-er fabric that could lead to yarnbreaking, and damage the cov-er as a consequence.

INTERIORS

Periodically check that water is nottrapped under the mats (due to waterdripping off shoes, umbrellas, etc.)which could cause oxidisation of thesheet metal.

CLEANING SEATS ANDFABRIC AND VELVET PARTS

Use a soft brush or vacuum cleaner toremove dust. Velvet is cleaned better ifthe brush is moistened.

Rub the seats with a sponge moistenedwith a solution of water and neutral de-tergent.

Alfawiki.nl

234

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

INTERIOR PLASTIC PARTS

Clean plastic parts with a clothmositened with water and non-abrasiveneutral detergent. To remove grease orhard stains, use appropriate products de-signed to preserve the appearance ofcomponents.

IMPORTANT Never use spirit or pe-troleum to clean the instrument panelor other plastic parts.

Never use flammableproducts like oil ether

or rectified petrol for cleaningcar interiors. Electrostatic dis-charges generated by rubbingduring cleaning operationscould cause fire.

WARNING

Do not keep aerosolcans in the car: they

might explode. Aerosol cansmust never be exposed to atemperature above 50°C. Thetemperature inside the car ex-posed to the sun may go wellbeyond that figure.

WARNING

STEERING WHEEL/GEARLEVER KNOB WITHGENUINE LEATHERCOVERING(for versions/markets, where provided)

These components shall only be cleanedwith water and neutral soap. Never usespirit or alcohol-based products.

Before using special products for clean-ing interiors, read carefully label in-structions and indications to make surethey are free from spirit and/or alcohol-based substances.

If when cleaning the windscreen withspecial glass products, some drops fallon the leather covering of the steeringwheel/gear lever knob remove themimmediately and then clean with wa-ter and neutral soap.

IMPORTANT Take the utmost carewhen engaging the steering lock to pre-vent scratching the leather covering.

Alfawiki.nl

235

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

TTEECCHHNNIICCAALL SSPPEECCIIFFIICCAATTIIOONNSSIDENTIFICATION DATA ........................................ 236

ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS............... 238

ENGINE .......................................................... 239

FUEL FEED/IGNITION ........................................ 240

TRANSMISSION ............................................... 240

BRAKES ........................................................... 241

STEERING ........................................................ 241

SUSPENSIONS.................................................. 241

WHEELS .......................................................... 242

DIMENSIONS.................................................... 247

PERFORMANCE ................................................. 248

WEIGHTS......................................................... 249

CAPACITIES ...................................................... 250

FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS ................................... 251

FUEL CONSUMPTION ........................................ 253

CO2 EMISSIONS .............................................. 254

RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: MINISTERIAL CERTIFICATIONS ............................. 255

Alfawiki.nl

236

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IDENTIFICATION LABEL

This is to be found in the engine com-partment, aside the upper right shock-absorber connection and it bears the fol-lowing identification data:

A. Space for details of national ho-mologation

B. Space for punching the consecutivechassis number

IDENTIFICATION DATA

You are advised to note the identifica-tion codes. The identification datastamped and given on the plates andtheir position are the following fig. 1:

1 - Identification label

2 - Body label

3 - Bodywork paint identification label

4 - Engine label.

C. Space available for maximumweights authorised by various nationalregulations

D.Space for version and any supple-mentary indications to those specified

E. Space for smoke coefficient (dieselversions only)

F. Space for punching the Manufactur-er’s name.


Alfawiki.nl

BODYWORK PAINT IDENTIFICATION LABEL

This is located in the inner side of thetailgate fig. 4 and it includes:

A. Paint manufacturer

B. Name of colour

C. Colour code.

D. Colour code for touching up and re-spraying.

ENGINE MARKING

Engine marking is stamped on the gear-box side, on the rear left side.

BODYWORK LABEL

This is located on the passenger com-partment floor near the front passen-ger’s seat.

It can be reached by raising cover A-fig. 3 and it includes:

❒ type of vehicle (ZAR 939000);

❒ Manufacturer’s serial number (chas-sis number).

237

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARA0F0222mfig. 4A0F0175mfig. 3

Alfawiki.nl

238

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS

Versions Engine code Bodywork version

1750 TURBO BENZINA (�) 939B1000 939DXN1B 56

3.2 JTS 4x2 939A000 –

3.2 JTS 4x4 939A000 939DXG2B 08

2.0 JTDM (�) 939B3000 939DXP1B 58939DXP1B 58B

2.0 JTDM (�) (**) 844A2000 939DXQ1B 60939DXQ1B 60B

2.4 JTDM 939A9000 939DXM1B 43

(�) Euro 5 versions

(**) For specific markets

Alfawiki.nl

239

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

To change plugs contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

2.4 JTDM

939A9000

Diesel

5 in line

4

82 X 90.4

2387

1542104000

40040.81500

–

Diesel fuel for motor vehicles (Specification

EN590)

2.0 JTDM

939B3000844A2000 (*)

Diesel

4 in line

4

83.0 x 90.4

1956

120 (*)/125163 (*)/170

4000

36036.71750

–

Diesel fuel for motor vehicles (Specification

EN590)

3.2 JTS

939A000

Otto

6 in 60° V

4

85.6 x 89

3195

1912606300

32232.84500

BOSCHHR7MPP152

Unleaded petrol95 RON

(SpecificationEN228)

2.2 JTS (**)

939A5000

Otto

6 in line

4

85.6 X 89

3195

1912606300

32232.84500

NGKFR5CP



(*) For specific markets (**) Selespeed version

ENGINE

GENERAL

Engine code

Cycle

Number and layout of cylinders

Valves per cylinder

Piston bore and stroke mm

Total displacement cm3

Maximum power (EEC) kWHP

corresponding ratio rpm

Maximum torque (EEC) Nmkgm

corresponding ratio rpm

Spark plugs

Fuel

1750 TURBOBENZINA

939B1000

Otto

4 in line

4

83.0 x 80.5

1742

1472005000

32032.61400

NGK ILKAR7D6G



Alfawiki.nl

240

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

FUEL FEED/IGNITION1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.2 JTS - 3.2 JTS 2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM

Fuel feed Direct injection Multijet direct injection, variable geometry turbosupercharger and intercooler

Modifications or repairs to the fuel feed system that are not carried out properly or do nottake the system’s technical specifications into account can cause malfunctions leading tothe risk of fire.

TRANSMISSION

Gearbox

Clutch

Drive

IMPORTANT In the event of difficult disengagement, due to significant difference of grip between front and rear axle, donot insist with heavy accelerations: it is actually more effective an attempt of disengagement at medium slow engine rpm,with pauses of a few seconds if several attempts are necessary.

1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM - 3.2 JTS 4x2

Six forward gears + reverse andsynchronisers for forward speeds

Dry single disk with hydraulic control

Front drive

3.2 JTS 4x4

Six forward gears + reverse andsynchronisers for forward

speeds

Dry single disk with hydraulic control

Four-wheel drive

Alfawiki.nl

241

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

2.2 JTS - 1750 TURBO BENZINA 3.2 JTS - 2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM

Service brakes:

– front Disc, self-ventilating Disc, self-ventilating– rear Disc Disc, self-ventilating

Parking brake Controlled by hand lever, it works on rear brakes

WARNING Water, ice and antifreeze salt on roads may deposit on the brake discs thus reducing braking efficiency at first braking.

1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.2 JTS - 3.2 JTS - 2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM

Type Rack and pinion with hydraulic power steering

Turning radius (between pavements) 10.7

BRAKES

STEERING


Front High quadrilateral system

Rear Multi-link system

SUSPENSIONS

Alfawiki.nl

SPACE-SAVER SPARE WHEELPressed steel rim. Tubeless tyre.

UNDERSTANDING TYRE MARKING fig. 5

Example: 215/55 R 16 93 V

215= Nominal width (S, distance be-tween sidewalls in mm).

55 = Percentage height/width ratio(H/S).

R = Radial tyre.

16 = Rim diameter in inches. (Ø).

93 = Load rating (capacity).

V = Maximum speed index.

Load rating (capacity)

60 = 250 kg 84 = 500 kg61 = 257 kg 85 = 515 kg62 = 265 kg 86 = 530 kg63 = 272 kg 87 = 545 kg64 = 280 kg 88 = 560 kg65 = 290 kg 89 = 580 kg66 = 300 kg 90 = 600 kg67 = 307 kg 91 = 615 kg68 = 315 kg 92 = 630 kg69 = 325 kg 93 = 650 kg70 = 335 kg 94 = 670 kg71 = 345 kg 95 = 690 kg72 = 355 kg 96 = 710 kg73 = 365 kg 97 = 730 kg74 = 375 kg 98 = 750 kg75 = 387 kg 99 = 775 kg76 = 400 kg 100 = 800 kg77 = 412 kg 101 = 825 kg78 = 425 kg 102 = 850 kg79 = 437 kg 103 = 875 kg80 = 450 kg 104 = 900 kg81 = 462 kg 105 = 925 kg82 = 475 kg 106 = 950 kg83 = 487 kg

WHEELS

RIMS AND TYRES

Alloy rims. Tubeless tyres with radial car-cass. The homologated tyres are listedin the Log book.

WARNING In the event of discrep-ancies between the information provid-ed on this “Owner’s Manual” and the“Log book”, consider the specificationsshown in the log book only.

On cars fitted with four-wheel drive, allfour tyres should be the same (brandand track) to prevent damaging the 4-WD system. The efficiency of the 4-WDsystem however, is not jeopardized iftyres with different wear conditions arefitted.

Attaining to the prescribed size, to en-sure safety of the car in movement, itmust be fitted with tyres of the samemake and type on all wheels.

WARNING Do not use inner tubeswith Tubeless tyres.

242

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR A0F0186mfig. 5

Alfawiki.nl

UNDERSTANDING RIM MARKING

Example: 7 J x 16 H2 ET 43

7 = rim width in inches 1.

J = rim drop center outline (sideprojection where the tyre beadrests) 2.

16 = rim nominal diameter in inch-es (corresponds to diameter ofthe tyre to be mounted) (3 =Ø).

H2 = “hump” shape and number (re-lief on the circumference hold-ing the Tubeless tyre bead onthe rim).

43 = wheel camber angle (distancebetween the disc/rim support-ing plane and the wheel rimcentre line).

Maximum speed rating

Q = up to 160 km/h.R = up to 170 km/h.S = up to 180 km/h.T = up to 190 km/h.U = up to 200 km/h.H = up to 210 km/h.V = up to 240 km/h.W = up to 270 km/h.Y = up to 300 km/h.

Maximum speed ratingfor snow tyres

Q M + S = up to 160 km/h.T M + S = up to 190 km/h.H M + S = up to 210 km/h.

243

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARA0F0310mfig. 6

RIM PROTECTOR TYRESfig. 6

If after-sale tyres withrim protector are used

(fig. 6) and the car has inte-gral cups fixed (by springs) tothe sheet wheel, DO NOT fitwheel cups. The use of unsui-table tyres and wheel cupscould cause a sudden pressu-re loss of the tyre.

WARNING

Alfawiki.nl

244

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

On tyres 225/50 R17” only “spider” type chains can be used.

Also for 3.2 JTS version, snow chains shall be fitted on the FRONT axle of the car.

Tyres 235/45 R18” and 235/40 ZR 19” cannot be fitted with snow chains due to inter-ference with fender.

(*) Tyres that cannot be fitted with traditional snow chains. Only “spider” type chains can be used.

WARNING Snow tyres with speed index H are recommended.(▼) Unchainable tyres. When using winter tyres, use 225/50 R17 98 tyres or 235/45 R18 98.

4,00B x17"

T125/80 R17

TYRES

Standardtyres

Optional

Space-saverspare wheel(for versions/markets where provided)

rimtyre

rimtyre

rimtyre

rim

tyre


7,5Jx17" (*) alloy225/50 R17 98W

8Jx19" alloy235/40 ZR19 96Y (O)

8Jx18" alloy235/45 R18 98W (O)

Alfawiki.nl

245

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.Inflate tyres to full load pressures if driving at continuous speed exceeding 160 km/h.(▼) Unchainable tyres. When using winter tyres, use 225/50 R17 98 tyres or 235/45 R18 98.

COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE

average load bar

full load bar

Sapce-saver spare wheel

T125/80 R17

4.2

Tyres225/50 R17 98W

front rear

2.5 2.5

2.7 2.7

Tyres235/45 R18 98W (O)

front rear

2.7 2.5

2.8 2.6

Tyres235/40 ZR19 96Y (O)

front rear

2.7 2.5

2.9 2.7

Alfawiki.nl

246

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

– camber

front wheels: – caster

– half toe-in 17” rim (*)18” rim (*)

– camber

Rear wheels: – half toe-in17” rim (*)18” rim (*)

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARWHEEL GEOMETRY

1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.2 JTS - 2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM versions

–34’ ± 18’max. difference right/left: 24’

4° 15’ ± 18’max. difference right/left: 18’

–1.00 ± 0.5 mm–1.05 ± 0.5 mm


–1.63 ± 0.9 mm–1.73 ± 0.9 mm

3.2 JTS version


4° 15’ ± 18’max. difference right/left: 18’

–1.00 ± 0.5 mm–1.05 ± 0.5 mm


–1.63 ± 0.9 mm–1.73 ± 0.9 mm

– camber

Front wheels: – caster

– half toe-in17” rim (*)18” rim (*)

– camber

Rear wheels:– half toe-in

17” rim (*)18” rim (*)

(*) values in degrees: – 8’ ± 4’ (maximum right/left difference: 4’)Alfawiki.nl

247

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

DIMENSIONSDimensions are expressed in mm and refer to the car fitted with standard tyres.

Min. size variations when optional tyres arefitted.

The height refers to the car unladen.

BOOT VOLUME

Boot volume: 220 dm3

(or 300 dm3 accordingto versions)

(■) With tyres 225/50 R17”

A0F0044mfig. 6

A B C D E F G H

4410 1000 2528 882 1341 1593 1830 15731579 (■) 1559 (■)

Alfawiki.nl

248

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

PERFORMANCETop speed Acceleration Kilometer with standing start

from 0-100 km/hkm/h sec. sec.

1750 TURBO BENZINA 235 7.7 28.9

3.2 JTS 4x2 250 (*) 7.0 26.9

3.2 JTS 4x4 244 6.8 27.2

2.0 JTDM 218/215 (**) 8.8/9.0 (**) 30.2/30.5 (**)

2.4 JTDM 231 7.9 28.4

(*) With Michelin 17” tyre

(**) For specific markets

Alfawiki.nl

249

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

WEIGHTS2.4 JTDM

1575

120010502035

460

1500

60

80

1750 TURBO BENZINA

1430

110010501890

460

1450

60

80

3.2 JTS 4x4

1605

120010502065

460

1500

60

80

3.2 JTS 4x2

1540

120010502000

460

1500

60

80

2.0 JTDM

1480

120010501940

460

1500

60

80

Weights (kg)

Weight empty (including fluids, 90% fuel in the tank and no optional)

Maximum admitted load (*)– front axle– rear axle– total

Payload includingdriver (**)

Towable loads

Max. load on ball

Max. load on tailgate (***)

(*) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads in the boot an/or on the roof so that they comply with these limits.

(**) If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch etc.) the unladen weight increases, thus reducing the payload as specified in themaximum weight allowed.

(***) Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo roof racks, max. capacity: 50 kg.

Alfawiki.nl

CAPACITIES2.4 JTDM

70 ❍10 ❍

7.35

6.4 ❑

2.8

6.0

1750 TURBOBENZINA

70 ●10 ●

6.6

5.0 ✰

2.0

6.0

3.2 JTS

70 ●10 ●

10.3

5.4 ■

2.8

6.0

Fuel tank: litres– including a reserve of litres

Engine cooling system litres

Lubrication system engine litres

Mechanical gearbox/differential litres

Windscreen washer fluid reservoirwith headlight washer litres

250

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Specified fuelsand original lubricants

● Unleaded petrol with no less than 95 R.O.N. (Specifica EN228)❍ Diesel fuel for motor vehicles (EN590 Specification)

Mixture of 50% water and PARAFLUUP (❑)

■ SELENIA StAR✰ SELENIA StAR P.E. (1750 TURBO BENZINA versions)❑ SELENIA WR★ SELENIA WR P.E. (2.0 JTDM versions)

TUTELA CAR MATRYX

Mixture of water and TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35

(❑) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60% PARAFLUUP and 40% demineralized water mixture.

2.0 JTDM

70 ❍10 ❍

6.1

4.9 ★

2.8

6.0

Alfawiki.nl

For diesel engines, in the event of emergencies when genuine products are not available, lubricants providing at least ACEA B4 orACEA C2 performance are allowed; in that case, engine best performance is not guaranteed; we recommend to have it replaced assoon as possible with the recommended lubricants by the Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

Use of products with low-quality properties than ACEA A3 and ACEA B4 could cause damages to the engine that are not covered by thewarranty.

251

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

According toService Schedule




FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS

RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS AND THEIR SPECIFICATIONS

Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Original fluids Changefor correct car operation and lubricants

Lubricants forpetrol engines(2.2 JTS and3.2 JTS versions)

Lubricant for petrol engines(1750 TURBO BENZINA versions)

Lubricants for diesel engines(2.4 JTDM versions)

Lubricants fordiesel engines(2.0 JTDM versions)

Synthetic-based oils, SAE 5W-40 grade.FIAT 9.55535-H2 qualification

Synthetic-based oils, SAE 5W-40 grade, ACEA C3. FIAT 9.55535-S2 qualification

Synthetic-based oils, SAE 5W-40 grade. FIAT 9.55535-N2 qualification

Synthetic-based oils, SAE 5W-30 grade. FIAT 9.55535-S1 qualification

SELENIA StARContractual TechnicalReference N° F216.D05

SELENIA StAR P.E.Contractual TechnicalReference N° F603.D08

SELENIA WRContractual TechnicalReference N° F515.D06

SELENIA WR P.E.Contractual TechnicalReference N° F510.D07

Alfawiki.nl

252

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

TUTELA CARMATRYX Contractual TechnicalReference N° F108.F02

TUTELAMULTIAXLEContractual TechnicalReference N° F426.E06

TUTELA GI/RContractual TechnicalReference N° F428.H04TUTELA ALL STARContractual TechnicalReference N° F702.G07

TUTELA STAR 700Contractual TechnicalReference N° F701.C07TUTELA TOP 4Contractual TechnicalReference N° F001.A93

PARAFLUUP (●)Contractual TechnicalReference N° F101.M01

TUTELADIESEL ARTContractual TechnicalReference N° F601.L06TUTELAPROFESSIONAL SC 35Contractual TechnicalReference N° F201.D02

Mechanical gearbox anddifferential

Rear differential andtransmission unit (3.2 JTS version)

Power steering

CV joints on wheel side

CV jointson differential side

Hydraulic brake andclutch controls

Cooling circuitsProportion:50% water and50% PARAFLUUP (❑)

To be mixed with fuel oil(25 cc per 10 litres)

To be used diluted orundiluted in windscreen/rear window washer/wiper systems

Brake fluid

Windscreen/headlight washerfluid

Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Original fluids Applicationsfor correct car operation and lubricants

Protective agent for radiators

Lubricants andgreasesfor transmission

(●) IMPORTANT Do not top up or mix with fluids having different specifications from those described here.(❑) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60% PARAFLUUP and 40% demineralized water mixture.

Additive for diesel fuel

Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-85 Passes API GL 4 specifications.Qualification FIAT 9.55550-MZ1

Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-90 Passes API GL-5, ZF-TE ML 18 specifications.Qualification FIAT 9.55550-DA3

Synthetic fluid for hydraulic and electrohydraulic systems.Qualification FIAT 9.55550-AG3.

Grease containing Molybdenum bisulphide for high temperatureappliances. N.L.G.I. 1-2 consistency.Qualification FIAT 9.55580.

Grease for homokinetic joints with low friction coefficient.NLGI 0-1 consistency.Qualification FIAT 9.55580.

Synthetic fluid for Brake and clutch controls FMVSS n° 116 DOT 4, ISO 4925, SAE J1704, CUNA NC 956-01Qualification FIAT 9.55597.

Protective with antifreeze action, red colour based on inhibitedmonoethylen glycol and organic formula, that passes CUNA NC 956-16, ASTM D 3306 specificationsQualification FIAT 9.555523.

Additive for diesel fuels with antifreeze and protective action forDiesel engines

Mixture of alcohol, water and surfactants CUNA NC 956-11Qualification FIAT 9.55522.

Alfawiki.nl

253

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

The procedures below are followed formeasuring consumption:– urban cycle: cold starting followedby driving that simulates urban use ofthe car;– extra-urban cycle: frequent ac-celerating in all gears, simulating ex-traurban use of the car; the speed variesbetween 0 and 120 km/h;– combined consumption: is cal-culated weighing about 37% of urbancycle consumption and about 63% ofextraurban consumption.

IMPORTANT The type of route,traffic situations, weather condi-tions, driving style, general con-ditions of the car, trim level/equipment/accessories, load, cli-mate control system, roof rack,other situations that affect airdrag may lead to different fuelconsumption levels than thosemeasured.

FUEL CONSUMPTIONThe fuel consumption figures given inthe table below are determined on thebasis of the homologation tests setdown by specific European Directives.

FUEL CONSUMPTION ACCORDING TO EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE IN FORCE Urban Extra-urban Combined(litres/100 km)

1750 TURBO BENZINA 11.8 6.0 8.1

3.2 JTS 4x2 16.4 7.9 11.0

3.2 JTS 4x4 16.7 8.3 11.4

2.0 JTDM 7.1 4.4 5.4

2.4 JTDM 9.2 5.4 6.8

Alfawiki.nl

254

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

CO2 EMISSIONS

The CO2 emission levels given in the following table refer to combined consumption.

CO2 EMISSIONS ACCORDING TO EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE IN FORCE (g/km)

1750 TURBO BENZINA 3.2 JTS 4x2 3.2 JTS 4x4 2.0 JTDM 2.4 JTDM

189 260 270 142 179

Alfawiki.nl

255

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Certification number

T939 NTR939

European Union and Countries applying EC directive

Argentina

Australia

Brazil

Bulgaria

China

❒ Data unavailable at the time of printing.

N15278

HHHH-AA-FFFFHHHH-AA-FFFF

CMII ID : 2006DJ0352 CMII ID : 2006DJ0351

RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: Ministerial Certifications

0523 0523

❒ ❒

–

❒ ❒

Alfawiki.nl

256

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CARCertification number

T939 NTR939

Malaysia

Mexico

Morocco

Singapore

South Africa

Taiwan

❒ Data unavailable at the time of printing.

AGREE PAR L’ANRT MAROCNuméro d’agrément : MR 2395 ANRT 2006

Date d’agrément : 13/01/2006

AGREE PAR L’ANRT MAROCNuméro d’agrément : MR 2394 ANRT 2006

Date d’agrément : 13/01/2006

Complies with IDA StandardsDA 104022

Complies with IDA StandardsDA 104022

TA-2005/701APPROVED

TA-2005/702APPROVED

XXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX

YYYYXXXX-XXX YYYYXXXX-XXX

AA 000000 E AA 000000 E

❒ ❒

❒ ❒

❒ ❒

Alfawiki.nl

257

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

Alfawiki.nl

258

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Alfawiki.nl

259

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSCO

RREC

T USE

OF

THE C

ARDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

INDE

X

– useful advice forlengthening the life .............224

Bodywork (cleaning) ................230Bonnet ................................... 96Boot ...................................... 90– light replacement ................192

Brakes ...................................241Brake lights ............................188Bulb (replacement) ..................182– general instructions .............182– types of bulbs ....................183

Capacities ...................... 112-250

Car inactivity ...........................150

Car maintenance ................209

– periodical checks ................213

– service Schedule .................211

– scheduled service ................210

– use of the car under heavyconditions ..........................213

Carrying children safely .............121

– child restraint systems .........124

– passenger’s seat compliance ..124– presetting for mounting

the “Universal Isofix” child restraint system ..........126

Ceiling lights ........................... 75Checking fluid levels .................214Cigar lighter ............................ 82Climate control system .............. 49– automatic two-zone . ........... 54– manual ............................. 51

CO2 emissions .........................254CODE card .............................. 11Containing running costs ...........145Controls ................................. 77Correct use of the car ........137Courtesy mirror light– bulb replacement ................191

Cruise Control .......................... 72

Dashboard ............................. 8Dashboard and controls .... 6Dashboard buttons ................... 67

ABS system ............................ 99

Accessories purchasedby the owner ........................106

Additional heater ..................... 64

Air/pollen filter ........................222

Air vents ................................. 50

Alarm ..................................... 17

Alfa Romeo CODE system .......... 9

Armrest

– central .............................. 80

– rear .................................. 81

Ashtray .................................. 82

ASR system ............................102

At the filling station ......... 112-250

Automatic headlight sensor ........ 66

Automatic two zoneclimate control system ............ 54

Battery– jump starting .....................170– recharging .........................204– replacing ...........................222

IINNDDEEXX

Alfawiki.nl

260

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CAR

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSIN

DEX

Engine starting ........................138

Environment protection .............114

EOBD system ..........................104

External lights ......................... 65

Fix&Go automatic (device) .......176

Flashing the headlights ............. 65

Fluid level checks .....................214

Fluids and lubricants .................251

Follow me home (device) ......... 66

Front air bags ..........................128

Front ceiling lights

– bulb replacement ................191

– control .............................. 75

Front fog lights


– control .............................. 67

Front headlights (washed) ........232

Fuel

– consumption ......................253

– fuel cut-off switch ............... 77

– fuel gauge ......................... 22

Fuel cut-off and powersupply switches ..................... 77

Fuel feed ................................240

Fuel filler cap ..........................113

Fuses (replacement) ................194

Gearbox (use) ........................144

Glove compartment .................. 81

Glove compartment light


Handbrake .............................143

Hazard lights ........................... 67

Head restraints ........................ 44

Headlight washer

– control .............................. 71

– fluid level ..........................219

Headlights

– adjusting headlight beam ..... 97

– headlight adjustment abroad.. 98

– headlight aiming device ....... 97

– front fog light adjustment ..... 98

Hill Holder system ....................102

DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) ....114

Dimensions .............................247

Dipped beam headlights


– control .............................. 65


– bulb replacement 186-187-188

– control .............................. 65

Doors ..................................... 86

Electronic key .......................... 11

Engine

– identification code ...............238

– marking ............................237

– technical data ....................239

Engine compartment (washed) ..233

Entine coolant temperature gauge ................. 23

Engine oil

– consumption ......................217

– level check ........................216

– specifications .....................251

Engine oil temperature gauge .... 24 Alfawiki.nl

Number plate light ..................190

Oddments compartments .. 80-83

Paint .....................................231

Parking . .................................143

Parking lights

– control .............................. 67

Parking sensors .......................106

Performance ...........................248

Power supply and fuelcut-off switches ...................... 77

Power windows ....................... 88

Pretensioners ..........................118

Protecting the environment ........114

Puddle light


Quick tyre repair kit Fix&Go automatic ..................176

Radio frequency remote control:ministerial certifications ...........255

Radio transmittersand cellular telephones ...........105

Rain sensor ............................. 69

Rear fog lights


– control .............................. 67

Rearview mirrors ...................... 46

Rear window washer

– control .............................. 71

– fluid level ..........................219

Rear window wiper

– blades ..............................228

– control .............................. 71

– nozzle ..............................229

Reconfigurable multifunctiondisplay ................................. 26

Rev counter ............................ 22

Reverse light


Rims

– understanding rim marking ...243

Roof rack/ski rack ................... 97

Rubber hoses ..........................228

Identification data ....................236If an exterior light burns out ......185If an interior light burns out .......191Ignition device ......................... 19In an emergency ................169Inactivity of the car ..................152Installation of electric/electronic devices ...................105

Instrument panel ..................... 8Instruments ............................ 22Interior fittings ......................... 80Interiors .................................233Isofix universal (child's seat) .....126

Jacking the car ........................205

Labels– identification data ...............236– bodywork paint ..................237

Level checks ...........................214

Main beam headlights– bulb replacement ................185– control .............................. 65

Manual climate control system ... 51MSR system ...........................103

261

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ES

IN AN

EM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSCO

RREC

T USE

OF

THE C

ARDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

INDE

X

Alfawiki.nl

262

SAFE

TYDE

VICES

WARN

ING

LIGHT

S AN

D ME

SSAG

ESIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CAR

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSIN

DEX

Sun curtains ............................ 83

Sun visors ............................... 83

Suspensions ............................241

Symbols ................................. 9

Technical Specifications ......235

Third brake light ......................190

Top speeds ..............................248

Towing the car .........................206

Towing trailers .........................147

T.P.M.S. system .......................109

Transmission ...........................240

Trip computer .......................... 37

Turbocharger pressure gauge ...... 24

Tyres

– changing ...........................171

– inflation pressures ...............245

– snow tyres ........................148

– standard tyres ....................244

– understanding tyre marking ..242

VDC system ...........................100

Warning lights and messages ...................151

Weights .................................249

Wheel geometry ......................246

Wheel rims

– understanding rim marking ...243

Wheels

– changing ...........................171

– technical data ....................242

Wheels and tyres .....................226

Windows (cleaning) ........ 68-232

Windscreen washer

– control .............................. 68

– fluid level ..........................219

Windscreen wiper

– blades ..............................228

– control .............................. 68

– nozzle ..............................229

Safe lock device ...................... 14

Safety devices .........................115

S.B.R. system .........................117

Seat belts ...............................116

Seats

– cleaning ............................233

– electrically adjustablefront seats ......................... 42

– manually adjustablefront seats ......................... 41

– with electric warming .......... 43

Side/taillights

– bulb replacement ....... 186-188

– control .............................. 65

Side air bags ...........................132

Ski tunnel ............................... 81

Smart washing ........................ 69

Snow chains ...........................149

Sound system .........................104

Steering .................................241

Steering lock ........................... 21

Steering wheel (adjustment) ..... 45 Alfawiki.nl

DASHBOARD

A0F0188mfig. 1

1. Adjustable and swivel side air vents - 2. Front side window demisting/defrosting vents - 3. Passenger’s air bag - 4. Fuel level gauge/engine coolant temperature gauge/engine oil temperature gauge (petrol versions) or turbocharger pres-sure gauge (diesel versions) - 5. Adjustable swivel centre air vents - 6. Upper central vent - 7. External lights control lever - 8. Driver’s air bag and horn - 9. Instrument panel - 10. Windscreen wiper control lever - 11. Front side window demist-ing/defrosting vents - 12. Adjustable swivel side air vents - 13. Switches for external lights, trip meter reset and headlampaiming device - 14. Dashboard fusebox lid - 15. Bonnet opening lever - 16. Sound system controls on the steering wheel(where provided) - 17. Driver’s knees air bag - 18. Cruise Control lever (where provided) - 19. Ignition device - 20. En-gine START/STOP button - 21. Heating/ventilation/climate controls - 22. Sound system (where provided) - 23. Glove box - 24. Passenger’s knees air bag (where provided) 263

RIGH

T HA

ND D

RIVE

VER

SION

Alfawiki.nl

INSTRUMENT PANEL

A0F0082mfig. 2

A. Speedometer (speed indicator)B. Warning lights - C. Rev counter -D. Multifunction display

mc Warning lights on diesel versions only

On diesel versions the rev counter endscale value is at 6000 rpm.

264

RIGH

T HA

ND D

RIVE

VER

SION

Alfawiki.nl

PROVISIONS FOR THE PROCESSING OF A VEHICLE AT THE END OF ITS LIFE-CYCLE

For years now Alfa Romeo has been developing its global commitment towards the safeguarding and protection of the Environmentthrough the continuous improvement of its production processes and the making of increasingly more “eco friendly” products. With a viewto guaranteeing the best possible service to clients in full observance of environmental standards and in response to the obligations im-posed by European Directive 2000/53/EC on end-of-life vehicles, Alfa Romeo offers its clients the possibility to hand in their vehicle*at the end of its life span without additional costs.

The European Directive, in fact, provides for the take-back of the vehicle without the last holder or owner of the same incurring ex-penses due to the fact that the market value of the vehicle is zero or negative. In particular, in almost all of the countries of the European Union, up until 1st January 2007, take-back of the vehicle free of charge only applies to vehicles registered from 1 July 2002on, while, from 2007 on, take-back will be carried out free of charge, independently of the year of registration, provided that the vehi-cle still contains all its essential component parts (especially engine and body) and is free from additional waste materials.

Our contracted network of authorised treatment facilities has been carefully selected in order to provide a quality service to our customersby de-polluting and recycling “End of Life Vehicles” to approved environmental standards. To find out the location of your nearest autho-rised treatment facility, offering free of charge take-back, simply contact one of our dealers or refer to the Alfa Romeo web site or callthe toll free number 00800 2532 0000.

* Passenger transportation vehicles to seat a max. of nine persons, having a total admissible weight of 3.5 t

Alfawiki.nl

Alfawiki.nl

Oil change? The experts recommend Selenia

The engine of your car is factory filled with Selenia.This is an engine oil range which satisfies the most advanced

international specifications. Its superior technical characteristicsallow Selenia to guarantee the highest performance

and protection of your engine.

The Selenia range includes a number of technologically advanced products:

SELENIA SPORTFully synthetic lubricant capable of meeting the needs of high performance engines.Studied to protect the engine also in high thermal stress conditions, it prevents deposits on the turbine to achieve the utmost performance in total safety.

SELENIA WR PURE ENERGYFully synthetic lubricant that can meet the requirements of the latest diesel engines. Low ash content to protect the particulate filter from the residual products of combustion. High Fuel Economy System that allows considerable fuel saving. It reduces the danger of dirtying the turbine to ensure the protection of increasingly high performance diesel engines

SELENIA StAR PURE ENERGYSynthetic lubricant designed for petrol engines that need products with a low ash content. It maximises the characteristics of engines with high specific power, protects the parts mostly subjected to stress and helps to keep modern catalysts clean.

SELENIA RACINGThis lubricant has been developed as a result of Selenia’s extensive experience in track and rally competitions, it maximises engine performance in all kinds of competition use.

The range also includes K Pure Energy, Selenia Digitech, Selenia Multipower, Selenia 20K, Selenia 20K AR.For further information on Selenia products visit the web site www.selenia.comAlfawiki.nl

ENGINE OIL CHANGE (litres)

REFUELLING (litres)

CUSTOMER SERVICESTECHNICAL SERVICES – SERVICE ENGINEERINGLargo Senatore G. Agnelli, 5 – 10040 Volvera – Torino (Italia)Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A.Publication no. 60438106 – 3 Edition – 04/2010All rights reserved. Reproduction, even in part is prohibited without written permissionfrom Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A.

S E R V I C E

1750 TURBO BENZINA 3.2 JTS 2.0 JTDM 2.4 JTDM

Engine oil circuit 5.0 5.4 4.9 6.4

Do not discard used oil in the environment.

COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE

Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.Inflate tyres to full load pressures if driving at continuous speed exceeding 160 km/h(▼) Unchainable tyres. When using winter tyres, use 225/50 R17 98 tyres or 235/45 R18 98.

1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM - 3.2 JTS

Fuel tank capacity 70

Reserve 10

For cars with petrol engine, only use unleaded petrol with no less than 95 (R.O.N.).For cars with diesel engine, only use diesel fuel for motor vehicles (Specification EN590).

average load bar

full load bar

Sapce-saver spare wheelT125/80 R17

4.2

Tyres225/50 R17 98W

front rear

2.5 2.5

2.7 2.7

Tyres235/45 R18 98W (O)

front rear

2.7 2.5

2.8 2.6

Tyres235/40 ZR19 96Y (O)

front rear

2.7 2.5

2.9 2.7

Alfawiki.nl

SERVICE

ENGLISH

Alfawiki.nl

Documents

AlfaWiki | All Alfa Romeo information in one place - 001-040 Alfa BRERA … · 2019. 5. 5. · This Owner Handbook describes all the versions of the Alfa Brera, so you should only